213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31motorpointgroupplc:Beforeexceptionalitemsmemberiso4217:GBP213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31motorpointgroupplc:ExceptionalItemsMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-04-012023-03-31iso4217:GBPxbrli:shares213800WG8RSE45I3MF222024-03-31213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-03-31213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-03-31motorpointgroupplc:CapitalReorganisationReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-03-31motorpointgroupplc:EBTReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-03-31213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-04-012023-03-31motorpointgroupplc:CapitalReorganisationReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-04-012023-03-31motorpointgroupplc:EBTReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-03-31motorpointgroupplc:CapitalReorganisationReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-03-31motorpointgroupplc:EBTReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31motorpointgroupplc:CapitalReorganisationReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31motorpointgroupplc:EBTReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222024-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222024-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222024-03-31motorpointgroupplc:CapitalReorganisationReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222024-03-31motorpointgroupplc:EBTReserveMember213800WG8RSE45I3MF222024-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember
There’s
no car like a
Motorpoint car
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
About us
Car buying
made easy
Motorpoint is the UKs
leading retailer of nearly
new vehicles.
The actions taken in FY24
mean that Motorpoint
is well placed to seize
the significant growth
opportunity as external
conditions improve.
Mark Carpenter, Chief Executive Officer
Read our Chief Executive’s statement
on page 22
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
p28-32
Our strategy
p14
Market
overview
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 01Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Who we are
Contents
Making car buying easy has been
our purpose for over 25 years
It’s the reason why we have such a rich history of adapting
to the needs of our customers and continually innovating to
deliver the best car buying experience possible.
Decades of putting our customers at the centre of everything
we do has given us an unparalleled understanding of what
people want when they buy a car.
This is why we believe so strongly in giving our customers
unrivalled Choice, Value, Service, and Quality. Theres no car
like a Motorpoint car.
For investor relations information, visit our website |
www.motorpointplc.com/investor-relations/why-invest/
Strategic Report
02 2024 highlights
04 At a glance
06 Investment case
08 Our business and our market
10 The Car Buyer’s Champion
12 Our customers’ journey
14 Market overview
16 How we deliver value to
customers
18 Chair’s statement
22 Chief Executive’s statement
26 Key performance indicators
28 Our strategy
33 Section 172 statement
38 Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG)
52 Task Force on Climate related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
62 Financial review
66 Risk management
70 Viability statement
72 Principal risks and uncertainties
78 Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
Governance
80 Board of Directors
82 Introduction to governance
83 Corporate governance report
86 Audit Committee report
90 Nomination Committee report
94 ESG Committee report
96 Remuneration Committee report
98 Remuneration policy
105 Annual report on remuneration
113 Directors’ report
118 Statement of Directors’
responsibilities
Financial Statements
120 Independent Auditors’ Report
128 Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
129 Consolidated balance sheet
130 Consolidated statement
of changes in equity
131 Consolidated cash flow
statement
132 Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
162 Company balance sheet
163 Company statement of
changes in equity
164 Notes to the company
financial statements
168 Alternative Performance
Measures (APMs)
169 Glossary
170 Shareholder information
and advisors
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202402
2024 highlights
2024 £1,086.6M
2023 £1,440.2M
2024 £426.6M
2023 £660.5M
2024 54%
2023 60%
2024 £1,222
2023 £1,300
Turnover
£1,086.6m
Online revenues
£426.6m
Units sold online
54%
Loss before taxation
and exceptionals
£(8.2)m
Loss after taxation
£(8.4)m
Gross profit per retail unit
£1,222
Days in stock
45 days
Price leadership
stock priced good, great or low
1
99.9%
Net Promoter Score (NPS)
82
Market share
06 year old car market
2
2.3%
Located across the UK
20 stores
1. Autotrader price indicators (April 2024).
2. Based on data produced by the Society of Motor Manufacturers
and Traders (SMMT) for period January to March 2024.
Market headwinds which
reduced profitability led to a
focus on Brilliant Basics in FY24
– lean cost base, faster stock
turn and lower prices
£(8.2)M
£(8.4)M
2023
2023
£(0.3)M
£(0.6)M
2024
2024
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
03Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202404
At a glance
Our purpose
Our purpose is to
make car buying easy.
We’re here to help our
customers buy the car
they want, in the way they
want. There’s no car like
a Motorpoint car.
Omnichannel
customer experience
By focusing on making car buying easy for
our customers we have been able to create
the very best omnichannel experience
– one that combines the convenience
and benefits of searching and buying
online, home delivery and reserve
and collect with an extensive
nationwide retail network
ensuring high levels of quality,
service and support.
Find out more on page 17
People powered
At our heart we are a people powered business and it is our
talented people who help customers when purchasing a
vehicle from Motorpoint – giving them the advice they’re
looking for, ensuring everything is to the standard they
expect and developing new innovations, products and
services that constantly improve the purchasing process.
This is evidenced by our industry leading NPS ratings.
Find out more on pages 43 to 49
Our vision
Our vision is to be the Car Buyer’s
Champion, trusted to deliver unrivalled
Choice, Value, Service and Quality.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 05Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Wholesale and supply
expansion
Expanding our E-commerce
Auction4Cars.com platform
and growing new supply
channels.
Upscaling omnichannel
capability
Substantial increase
in technology, data and
marketing investment
creating a seamless
customer experience.
Customer acquisition
and retention
Increasing investment in our
customer proposition, marketing
capability and leveraging our
data. Led by online sales and
fulfilment capacity increase
in new markets.
Operational efficiency
Further automation, innovation
and technology investment.
Underpinned by a commitment to:
Stakeholder
engagement
Read more on
pages 33 to 37
Our people
and culture
Read more on
pages 43 to 49
Our
communities
and the
environment
Read more on
pages 48 and 49
Governance
Read more on
pages 80 to 85
Risk
management
Read more on
pages 66 to 77
Theres no car like
a Motorpoint car
Good progress on strategic
objectives offering the best
short term returns.
Chris Morgan, Chief Financial Officer
Our strategic areas of focus:
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202406
Investment case
What makes
us different
Our omnichannel approach
gives customers the choice of
buying cars through our store
network, by phone or online,
or through a combination of
all channels.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 07Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Digital transformation providing
opportunities for growth
Customers prefer to buy used cars on an omnichannel basis,
combining digital channels with physical touchpoints
Relentless
focus on
customer
experience
Shift to online
provides
operating
model
opportunities
Website
improvements
boosting traffic
Significant
investments in
technology and
marketing
Expanding
digitally led car
buying service
Improvements
to wholesale
digital selling
experience
Trade sales
through digital
auction site for
vehicles not
meeting our
retail criteria
More than
25 years of
customer
insight and
innovation
Retail sales
of nearly new
vehicles –
mainly focused
on those under
five years
and less than
50,000 miles
Always
low prices
delivering
great value
Agility, reacting
with speed
to market
conditions
Nationwide
store network
Buying cars
direct from
customers
Inventory
management,
vehicle
reconditioning,
logistics
and store
operations
expertise
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202408
Our business and our market
A Group focused
on growth through
two distinct brands
Motorpoint
Our retail offer of nearly new cars that
are mostly under five years old and
have completed less than 50,000
miles provides customers with an
omnichannel purchasing journey
combining online with 20 retail stores
nationwide. We also offer a range
of commercial vehicles under the
Motorpoint brand.
Consumer omnichannel
<5 years
<50,000 miles
#1
Value retailer
25+
Years as a leading player
in the nearly new market
Online and in store
Nearly new consumer vehicles
Light commercial vehicles
Auction4cars.com
Auction4Cars.com, a business to
business and entirely online auction
marketplace platform, allows an
efficient and quick route for sale of
part exchange vehicles which do
not fall into our nearly new retail
criteria. The customer experience
has been significantly enhanced
during the year.
Low
Cost base
£170
Low online average
buyers’ fees
>5 years
>50,000 miles
Online only
Wholesale vehicles
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 09Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202410
Theres no car like
a Motorpoint car
Our vision is to be the Car Buyer’s
Champion, trusted to deliver unrivalled
Choice, Value, Service and Quality.
Choice
Choice for our customers means not
only the model and price range of
available vehicles we stock, but also
the options through which they can
view, purchase, and take delivery
of their vehicle such as same day
driveaway or home delivery.
709
makes, models and trims in stock
Service
We are car people, not sales people,
and are passionate about helping
our customers get the right car.
We know that our customers care
equally about what they drive and
the price they pay, and that they can
get a car however they like – in store,
by phone or online. Our customers
receive Trustpilot Excellent rated
customer service wherever and
however they choose to buy their car.
Value
We are able to secure the best
stock at competitive prices and
we pass those savings on to our
customers ensuring we offer stand
out vehicles at unbeatable prices.
We are also able to offer financing
options and extended warranties
for our customers.
99.9%
of vehicles priced Good, Great or
Low on Autotrader (April 2024)
Quality
Motorpoint Quality Standard sits at
the core of our operations, ensuring
we deliver the highest levels of quality
of nearly new vehicles and customer
service along the entire customer
journey. Our cars are rigorously
checked from engine to exhaust by
our experts and sold under warranty.
82
Net Promoter Score
The Car Buyer’s Champion
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 11Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Great car at a great price. Always a
good experience when purchasing
a car from Motorpoint. Helpful
knowledgeable staff that care about
their customers. This is the fifth car
I’ve had from them over the past 15
years and every time it’s been a hassle
free experience. Would recommend
Motorpoint to anyone looking to buy
their next car.
Trustpilot, April 2024.
Great service. Nothing too
much trouble. Staff polite,
friendly and professional.
Would like to make special
mention to Ollie and Hollie.
They took care of us. Would
use Motorpoint again.
Trustpilot, April 2024.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202412
Making car buying easy...
online and/or in store
Extensive
choice
Great value,
Motorpoint
Price
Promise
Competitive
part
exchange
prices
Flexible
finance
options
Car buying
service
available
Payment
made within
minutes of
deal being
agreed
Benefits
Our customers’ journey
In store
Online
Easy to find Easy to view Easy to buy/
sell your car
20 store
locations
Customer agents
within stores
Diverse and vast range
of stock to browse
and test drive
Enthusiastic team to
help customer through
the sales process
We have invested in creating a deeply embedded
digital and retail omnichannel customer journey
that gives the car buyer the choice of how to buy
their next car in a way that fits their lifestyle.
Website
enhancements to
help find the right
car – by lifestyle,
by budget
360° virtual tour of the
vehicle and gallery of
images with technical
specifications
Digital end to end
journey
Finance completed in
privacy of own home
and with access to all
information
13
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 13Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Easy to collect
Easy to contact
Award
winning
customer
service
14 day
money back
guarantee
on home
delivery
High
quality and
standards
guaranteed
Quality, service and
fulfilment support
both online and
at store
Same day driveaway
Home delivery
Reserve and collect
Buy online,
collect in store
Handover completed
in less than 30 mins
Benefits
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202414
Market overview
Motorpoint faced a number of headwinds during the year, not
least the reduction in the nearly new market to 1.5m vehicles per
annum, from a pre Covid high of 2.5m1.
The well documented macroeconomic headwinds meant that
swift and decisive action was necessary to rightsize the business
– but, as expected, margin progression, cost reduction and cash
preservation has slowed market share growth.
We are now experiencing growth in the used car market.
Motorpoint sales in Q4 FY24 grew 8.9% on the previous period
and the market grew 6.5%1.
Car market
Motorpoint’s core proposition is
the sale of nearly new cars and
commercial vans, the vast majority
of which are now up to five years old
and have covered fewer than 50,000
miles. We monitor available market
statistics, notably from the SMMT
(Society of Motor Manufacturers and
Traders), which give us transaction
volumes for target market cars but
do not include recorded mileage.
We therefore use the transaction
volumes as a proxy for our
available market. Although new car
production accelerated in the year,
it is taking time for this to benefit
our newly new market. As a result of
this, and in response to affordability
concerns from customers, we
expanded our retail criteria. Higher
interest rates resulted in increased
APR% and lower finance attachment,
and this negatively impacted
affordability. We focused on
acquiring vehicles at the lower price
end of the market, with reduced
exposure to expensive makes and
models. We did experience more
normal levels of deflation in FY24,
although there were sharp falls in
the late autumn. It is anticipated that
the nearly new market will continue
to increase in size in FY25, following
the rise in new car production.
Revenues
£1,086.6m
2024 £1,086.6M
2023 £1,440.2M
Market Share1
(06 year old vehicles)
2.3%
2024 2.3%
2023 2.2%
New car registrations in the UK1
1.9m
Y/E 31 DEC 2023 1.9M
Y/E 31 DEC 2022 1.6M
1. Based on data produced by the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT).
Consumer confidence
During FY24 consumers faced rising
inflation and interest rates which
resulted in increased uncertainty,
and the resultant downturn with
lower demand inevitably impacted
financial performance.
Looking forward, we expect the
supply pressures to reduce, and it
is hoped that economic uncertainty
will ease, and hence consumer
confidence increase, with the
impact of expected lower interest
rates supporting affordability.
Buying habits
Based on our customer data, the
use of digital services is becoming
universal amongst car buyers. Some
degree of physical connection
continues to be preferred by most
customers to provide reassurance
and trust in their purchase. In
other words, UK consumers prefer
to buy used cars and ancillary
services on a cross channel basis,
using digital channels and physical
touchpoints interchangeably on
their purchasing journey.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 15Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Maidstone Branch offers an
immaculate showroom with
an excellent range of cars.
Sales is great, professional
yet informal, no pressure and
browse at your leisure, all staff
offer a warm welcome and
very helpful and patient.
Trustpilot, April 2024.
The whole process from initial contact was
smooth and professional and it was the same
service up to the day I collected the car. This is
the first time Ive bought from Motorpoint but
would not hesitate returning in the future.
Trustpilot, Motorpoint website,
April 2024
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202416
Key strengths and resources
New stores and
growth opportunity
We can open wherever we see a market
opportunity; speed and scale are in our control.
Existing dealerships tend to be cheaper to fit out.
We paused our aggressive rollout in FY24 after
Ipswich opened in May 2023, but would expect
to restart the programme before the end of FY25,
as market conditions improve.
Breadth of stock
On average 40 brands are available in store
or online, spanning all the leading makes
and models, sourced from multiple channels.
All stock is available nationally.
Retail product offer
Our retail proposition continues to be on nearly
new cars and commercial vans; our product
offering is supported by providing finance
packages to our customers through our finance
partners as well as offering warranty, and paint
protection products.
Operational control
We have no external restrictions. Proprietary
IT systems can be built; we have bespoke
values led development and team engagement
programmes; marketing can be via any channel
or into any geography; our modest showroom fit
out costs support Motorpoint’s value proposition.
Financing
We are free to negotiate for the most
competitive terms on the external market.
Car buying
Our service allows us to purchase cars direct
from consumers. Depending on their age,
cars can either be sold through Motorpoint
(thus providing a further supply chain route),
or via the Auction4Cars.com platform.
Underpinned by our values
Our operating model is focused on putting our
employees first. This means empowering our
team and giving them the skills and confidence to
champion the customer. We achieve this through
living our core values and team commitments.
Agility,
culture,
efficiency
Our strength lies in our ability
to be agile and responsive –
in our people and our culture,
and in our constant focus
on improving operational
efficiencies across our digital
platforms and retail network.
Investment in technology
is delivering operational
efficiency. Our agility was
important in FY24 as we
responded at pace to the
economic headwinds.
How we deliver value to customers
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 17Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
How we deliver for our customers
Home delivery
Our customers can choose a vehicle,
arrange finance, purchase and have it
delivered to them, without having to
leave their home.
Part exchanges
Motorpoint generally sells
vehicles with less than
50,000 miles, and less
than five years old, to retail
customers. Vehicles in excess of
this mileage and age purchased
from a customer are sold through
our wholesale E-commerce platform
Auction4Cars.com.
This platform provides invaluable live
data on the latest valuation of vehicles
sold and allows us to offer the best
price to our customers for their
part exchange.
Retail stores
Our retail stores offer sales, light vehicle
preparation and a large display area.
All stores offer refreshment and lounge
facilities to enhance our customers’
experience and comfort. Locations are
generally positioned for ease of access
and located within close proximity of a
large population. Our digital contactless
purchase process allows customers the
option to complete their vehicle purchase
in store or online, visit our store to collect
their vehicle, and drive away in under 30
minutes. Wherever possible, we have
used automation to speed up the
customer journey.
Retail websites
We constantly innovate
to deliver outstanding
customer service and we
have a nationwide home
delivery service. Our website
allows us to maintain a convenient
and trusted user experience as
customer preferences evolve. As
examples, ‘Saved search favourites’ and
‘Recommendations’ functionality was introduced
during the year.
Our upgraded imaging and vehicle specification
details provide customers with substantial
information on the vehicle they are researching
or buying, enhancing the conversion to sale on
our website. MyMotorpoint, our customer portal,
allows customers to complete all documentation
requirements online, enabling home delivery and
faster handovers in store. This is proving popular
with our customers.
Proud
We are proud of what we do, how we do it and
the people who make it happen – we stand out
from the crowd and are proud to work as part
of Team Motorpoint.
Supportive
We have a one team ethos and understand
that together we achieve more. We are a
united team focused on a common goal and
vision and will always help our customers
and colleagues alike #drivingdreams®.
Happy
We enjoy what we do and we show it – a smile is
contagious and our teams wear them naturally
with pride. A happy team makes for a better
working environment which in turn translates
to a great customer experience.
Honest
This applies to our teams, investors and
customers. Courage and honesty are the
vehicles for positive change and Team
Motorpoint has embraced this.
R
E
T
A
I
L
S
T
O
R
E
S
H
O
M
E
D
E
L
I
V
E
R
Y
P
A
R
T
E
X
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
R
E
T
A
I
L
W
E
B
S
I
T
E
S
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202418
Motorpoint is focused
on stable improvement
in profits and cash,
while establishing new
ambitions for strategic
growth
Chair’s statement
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 19Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Strategic Opportunity
Three years ago, Motorpoint
announced a departure from
its historic approach by more
aggressively embracing the role
of technology and digital services
in its business and setting forth
more ambitious medium term
goals to at least double its revenue
to over £2bn by, among other
things, growing its E-commerce
revenue to over £1bn and opening
12 new stores. Reaching these
goals would require transformative
levels of investment in new
capabilities including technology
and automation, data and analytics,
digital commerce, marketing, new
sales and service stores and its
omnichannel customer proposition.
Since this announcement, in
spite of the significant economic
challenges affecting the used car
market and Motorpoint in particular,
the Company has progressed
towards its goals by hiring key
strategic leaders, developing new
technologies and digital capabilities,
and refining its strategy to include
specific further capabilities that will
position Motorpoint uniquely in the
market. Although this progress has
been constrained by economic and
market factors, nevertheless our
belief in the strategic direction and
the size of our opportunity
has grown.
The use of digital services is
becoming universal amongst car
buyers and sellers. This natural
progression presents an opportunity
for retailers to disintermediate
portions of the used car market by
selling direct to consumers through
a lower cost, higher service model,
by buying direct from consumers
or via new online marketplaces,
and by building brand leadership
and market share through
aggressive marketing. However
we have learned, based on our
customer data, that some degree
of physical connection continues
to be preferred by most customers
to provide reassurance and trust
in the transaction. Motorpoint, as
a leading omnichannel retailer,
is uniquely positioned to serve
this need and is developing
integrated consumer journeys
across its digital, store, customer
service and delivery channels that
will meet changing consumer
needs. This is Motorpoint’s central
strategic opportunity.
Underpinning Motorpoint’s new
capabilities will be contemporary
technology and data practices.
These will not only create unique
cross channel customer journeys,
but will improve efficiency in our
key processes such as selling,
vehicle preparation, logistics,
pricing and inventory turnover.
Leading With Agility and
Responsibility
With its focus on the long term
strategic growth opportunity,
Motorpoint has faced very difficult
markets which have challenged
its near term performance and
investment capacity. In Motorpoint’s
2022 financial year (FY22), the Covid
pandemic was over; however supply
chain shortages continued to limit
the manufacturing of new vehicles,
used car prices were inflated
due to constrained supply, and
consumer confidence was declining
as consumers began feeling the
effects of general inflation and
rising interest rates. Motorpoint
performed strongly in that year with
record revenue, growth in market
share and strong operating profit.
While many in the market were
cautious, Motorpoint recommitted
to its ambition to lead the UK’s
used car market by investing in
new capabilities, digitally driven
customer experiences and
new stores.
During FY23, economic and market
conditions deteriorated further,
especially in the second half. Rising
inflation and interest rates, coupled
with constrained used car supply,
inflated prices and a significant
OEM induced cut in used electric
vehicle values, made trading
particularly challenging.
Motorpoint is now well positioned to reverse the FY24 loss and extend its
profitability and cash generation as the market improves further, to set new
expectations for medium term growth, and to recommit to investments in new
capabilities, digitally driven customer experiences and new stores in order to
take a leadership role in the UK’s used car market.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202420
Further, high interest rates affected
several components of our profit
model. High consumer finance
rates reduced consumer demand
and pinched unit profitability,
Motorpoint’s finance commissions
reduced as it tried to hold consumer
rates below market, and its finance
expense on inventory borrowings
increased. In the face of these
challenges Motorpoint continued to
make prudent strategic investments
in order to progress towards its
strategic ambition while attempting
to remain profitable and preserve
cash. Motorpoint’s operating profit
fell, its net profit before tax was
roughly breakeven while it managed
to again grow revenues and
market share.
As the Company approached
FY24, it believed that economic
and market conditions would not
improve and indeed could worsen
further with no end in sight. In
fact, economic conditions during
FY24 were the most difficult in
Motorpoint’s 25 year history.
High interest rates, price deflation,
constrained used vehicle supply
and depressed consumer demand
intersected causing several industry
consolidations, a high visibility
administration and massive industry
losses. For Motorpoint, it reacted
early in the year to implement a
rightsizing and margin improvement
programme with an aim to limit
losses and preserve cash in a
smaller, persistently difficult market.
It prioritised increasing unit margins,
reducing operating expenses and
generating cash over revenue
and market share growth. It also
tempered strategic investments
and focused on efficiency, trading
effectiveness and near term returns.
Although the year was loss making,
by the final quarter Motorpoint was
back to growth and profitability.
I am pleased that Motorpoint has
been agile and resilient through a
tumultuous period and made sound
decisions based on changing market
conditions. It has also remained
committed to its strategic plan
in a manner that has balanced
its investments responsibly and
brought substantial new technology,
digital, marketing and operational
expertise into the business.
Motorpoint is now well positioned
to reverse the FY24 loss and extend
its profitability and cash generation
as the market improves further, to
set new expectations for medium
term growth, and to recommit to
investments in new capabilities,
digitally driven customer experiences
and new stores in order to take a
long term leadership role in the UK
used car market.
I would like to thank the Motorpoint
team for their extraordinary
contributions over an extended
period. I look forward to a positive
future for the Company and all of
our colleagues.
John Walden
Chair
13 June 2024
Chair’s statement continued
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 21Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202422
fall to £1,086.6m (FY23: £1,440.2m)
and retail units sold were 52.6k.
(FY23: 57.3k), despite a strong final
quarter with significant year on year
growth. In addition, the high market
prices and APR rates have reduced
affordability for consumers. To
counteract this, we expanded
our retail criteria so that the majority
of cars were less than five years
old and 50,000 miles, to help
customers find the right vehicle in
accordance with more constrained
household budgets.
These reduced retail volumes,
pressure on finance attachment rates
due to high APRs, and high stock
interest expense, resulted in a drag on
profitability, and the business returned
a loss before taxation and exceptional
items of £(8.2)m (FY23: loss before
taxation £(0.3)m). As a consequence
of actions taken, and an easing in
headwinds, the business returned
to profitability in the final quarter,
which coincided with year on year
retail volume growth. Net exceptional
items before taxation were £2.2m
(FY23: £Nil) and largely related to
the restructuring programme, which
Overview
Difficult macroeconomic conditions
hampered our growth and profitability
for much of FY24. There was also a
shortage of good quality, nearly new
vehicles. We took decisive action to
rightsize the business to reflect the
reduced market size and ensure cash
generative trading at lower levels of
Group sales. The external headwinds
did ease in Q4, and this, along with the
results of our actions taken during the
year, meant we returned to profitable
growth in the last three months
of FY24, with retail sales up 8.9%.
High interest rates and inflation were
a key feature throughout FY24 and
fuelled consumer uncertainty, and
the market for our 0–4 year old sector
reached a low point of 1.5m sales
per annum, from a pre Covid high of
2.5m. This, along with deflation and
stock mix, influenced our revenue
12% improvement
Days In Stock
2024 45
2023 51
8% reduction
Operational expenditure
(before exceptionals)
2024 £72.9M
2023 £79.2M
Our focus on driving
operational excellence
through a programme
we call Brilliant Basics
has resulted in a lean
cost base, faster stock
turn and lower prices.
Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer
Focusing on Brilliant
Basics following market
headwinds
Chief Executives statement
0000
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 23Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
resulted in headcount rightsizing
and disposal of the unopened Milton
Keynes leased site.
For much of the year we prioritised
protecting profit and cash. Helped
by use of improved data analysis,
we were able to improve unit
margins, introduce an affordable
administration fee and increase A4C
fees (but still below the market norm).
We also rightsized our headcount
to reflect the lower volumes and
reduced marketing costs. FTEs at 31
March 2024 were 710, significantly
down from the high of almost 950 in
the early part of FY23.
Despite the profitability pressures,
the Group again demonstrated
its resilience to end the year with
net cash excluding lease liabilities
of £9.2m (FY23: £5.6m). There is
significant cash headroom, with the
£20.0m (FY23: £35.0m) bank facility
undrawn at year end. Of this, £6.0m
(FY23: £6.0m) is available as an
uncommitted overdraft and £14.0m
(FY23: £29.0m) as a revolving
credit facility.
Focusing on Brilliant
Basics in FY24
Our focus on driving operational
excellence through a programme we
call Brilliant Basics has resulted in a
lean cost base, faster stock turn and
lower prices, with the cumulative
effect of consistent profitability in
the final three months of the year.
The market challenges in FY24
required decisive action to rightsize
the business and refocus our priorities
on the established basics which have
served us so well historically. This
included a thorough review of our
headcount requirements, and a plan
to ensure that all roles in the business
have accountability measures, with
strengthened reporting. We reviewed
our margin performance, supported
by the use of data, and stock mix, to
ensure we have the right vehicles for
customers at the right price.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202424
Our agile sourcing model allowed us
to expand vehicle age and mileage
criteria to offer lower price points to
meet broader customer demand.
We saw the benefits of this with
strong performance in the final
quarter. We also looked at our
ancillary offering in Q4 and
extended our warranty product to
cover customers for an additional
year (now up to three years). This
quickly resulted in an uplift in
revenue and profitability, and helped
offset the impact of the removal of
the asset protection product.
Strategy update
We have made good progress against
our strategic targets announced
in June 2021. Despite the market
challenges during FY24, we remain
committed to our long term growth
aspirations, whilst focusing in the
short term on margin improvement,
cost base management and cash
generation, and strategic objectives
that offer the best short term
returns. The strong cash position
allowed us to continue making
targeted strategic investment,
with further improvements in
technology involving both our retail
and wholesale businesses, and we
opened our 20th store, in Ipswich,
in May 2023.
During FY24, we continued to
enhance our digital capability,
and upscale our E-commerce
offering. We made improvements to
the website Product Detail
Pages (PDPs) and introduced new
imagery. These changes improved
page views and the time customers
spend on our site. Saved search
and recommendation functionality
was introduced. Email alerts are
now in place to inform customers
when the vehicle they are looking
for has arrived.
We experienced record levels of
organic traffic, and website speed
improved by 43.5% in March 2024
compared to April 2023.
Despite the economic headwinds, we didn’t
lose sight of our longer term goals, focusing
on those strategic objectives offering the
best short term returns.
Chief Executives statement continued
The Groups use of data is
fundamental to how we operate.
As well as helping to inform vehicle
pricing decisions, it supports the
identification of what vehicles
customers desire. As an example,
it allowed us to identify that new
customers are more likely to buy
cheaper vehicles than returning
ones, and this helped inform our
decision to expand our retail criteria.
In addition, we now send up to
four emails a week to consumers,
compared to just one historically.
We have strengthened our Data
Insight team by recruiting external
talent, and by harnessing the
benefits of automation we have
been able to continue to deliver
operational improvements, from
preparation speed and reduced
stockholding to customer self-serve
technology. Automation allowed
us in the year to improve efficiency
and reduce headcount.
Our priorities for the year ahead
include strengthening our vehicle
supply, pushing ahead with consumer
digital engagement, using data to
inform decision making and the
introduction of new profit channels.
We also expect to recommence
our new store opening programme
during FY25, now that we see the
market returning.
The Motorpoint Virtuous
Circle remains at the core
of everything we do
Our operating model of how our
employees and stakeholders interact,
the Motorpoint Virtuous Circle,
combined with our Values of Proud,
Happy, Honest and Supportive
continue to provide a robust
framework for explaining how we
get things done and what factors to
consider when decisions are required.
The Virtuous Circle begins with
our employees. In the final quarter
we conducted our Driving Seat
survey for all team members, which
highlighted strong satisfaction levels
across the business. Our values
scored highly, with 95% of the team
who responded saying that they
were Proud to work for Motorpoint.
We sponsor multiple initiatives to
enhance our team’s experience
with Motorpoint. Our ‘One Big
Dream’ initiative has been a huge
success, with our people using two
paid hours per month for their own
fulfilment. Team retention levels
improved over the year, with staff
turnover falling from 32% in April
2023 to 27% in March 2024.
Our One Team ethos was perfectly
highlighted when the Derby store
was badly flooded in October 2023.
This resulted in significant disruption
for employees and customers, and
required a major clean up operation.
I am very proud of our employees
from across the business (whether it
be from the office, other locations or
the Derby store itself) who all pulled
together to ensure that the site was
up and running again within four
weeks, and that customers were not
left disappointed.
We believe that the engagement of
our team is directly correlated to
our customers’ satisfaction. As we
innovate our omnichannel customer
experiences, our highly engaged
team continued to deliver our market
leading proposition of Choice, Value,
Service and Quality to our loyal
customers with an unerring focus
on customer satisfaction. Our NPS
for sold vehicles remains at industry
leading levels at 82 (FY23: 84).
During the year, we introduced new
products and services to enhance
the customer experience. For
example, we expanded our retail
criteria to ensure we held more
affordable vehicles, and improved
our warranty product by extending
the length of cover available. In the
last few months of FY24, in response
to increased customer demand, we
recruited additional team members
in our busier stores to ensure that
the high standards of customer
experience were maintained.
The final piece of our Virtuous Circle
is delivering for our shareholders.
The external headwinds did impact
profitability in the year, although
we improved cash generation and
had the confidence to commence
the share buyback, to benefit
shareholders. The improvement in
performance in the final quarter
provides further confidence
that we can look forward to
delivering strong profitable
growth and cash generation.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 25Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Environmental, Social
and Governance (ESG)
The Groups ESG Committee
continues to be instrumental in
setting out appropriate ESG targets.
The Group wants to be viewed as
the most environmentally friendly
used car retailer and has made
significant progress on its ESG
strategic goals.
We are delighted that our progress
was recognised by the Financial
Times naming Motorpoint as one
of Europes Climate Leaders, who are
most successful in reducing their
core greenhouse gas emissions.
We have championed our commitment
to energy management through
internal communication channels.
Due to the nature of our business,
most emissions relate to Scope
3 and the use of sold products.
However, Scope 3 emissions did
decrease year on year by 21%,
although much of this was driven
by a reduction in products sold
and mix of vehicles. Going forward,
we remain dependent on original
engine manufacturers (OEMs) in
respect of increasing the supply of
zero emission vehicles. We expect
our Scope 3 emissions to decrease
as the UK transitions to a lower
carbon economy, particularly in
relation to cessation of sales of new
internal combustion engine (ICE)
vehicles from 2035.
In terms of what we can directly
control, we have made further, good
progress in energy savings. Like for
like Scope 1 and 2 emissions and
business travel, are down 14% versus
the previous year based on tonnes
of carbon relative to the square
foot area of the business. Waste
collection costs are also down 15%,
and less than 0.2% waste went
to landfill.
We also have made further
improvements to support inclusion
and remove unconscious bias, and our
gender pay gap has again reduced.
Outlook
Successful execution of our Brilliant
Basics restructuring programme
during FY24 will stand the business
in good stead moving forwards as
the market continues to improve.
Our lean cost base, strong data
driven focus on margins, faster
stock turn and enhanced digital
capabilities should enable us to
continue the Q4 FY24 trend of
profitable growth. We envisage that
2023’s difficult macro conditions
will continue to ease with customer
sentiment improving. Supply
should increase following new car
registration growth, and used car
market expansion. Therefore, we
believe that there is substantial
potential to realise strong profitable
growth and cash generation as we
leverage our lower cost base with
increased volumes. As performance
improves we look forward to
resetting and re-energising our
strategic goals, including further
new store opportunities, against
our long term ambition to lead
the UK used car market.
Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer
13 June 2024
Find out more on Our strategy pages 28 to 32
Our Financial review pages 62 to 65
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202426
2023 2.2%
2022 2.2%
Market share
(0–6 year old market)
1,2
2.3%
2024 2.3%
Key performance indicators
Its important that
we measure our
performance
Non-financial KPIs
Estimated sale orders from
digital leads
1,3
23.2k
2024 23.2K
2022 19.3K
2023 21.1K
2020 81
2023 84
2022 84
2021 83
Net Promoter Score
4
82
2024 82
Number of stores at year end
5
20
2022 17
2024 20
2023 19
2021 14
2020 13
1. Data not tracked on a like by like basis for the full five year period.
2. Based on data produced by the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT)
3. Based on number of reservations, test drives, and enquiries originating from digital channels.
4. The 2021 data is based on H2 of that year, which is considered to be more representative due to lockdowns during the COVID-19 pandemic.
5. Number of open stores at year end.
6. Definitions of terms can be found in the Glossary on page 169.
7. Cash less borrowings, excluding lease liabilities (as set out page 168).
For FY24 we have identified those KPIs that best align to
our strategy, such as reporting our revenues, profitability
and market share. As already highlighted, macroeconomic
headwinds slowed progress during the year, as we focused
on margin progression, cost reduction and cash generation.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 27Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
2023 £1,300
2022 £1,446
2022 £16.9M
2021 £1,254
2021 £7.6M
2020 £1,152
2020 £15.2M
Financial KPIs
6
Revenues
£1,086.6m
Gross profit
£73.1m
2024 £1,086.6M 2024 £73.1M
2023 £85.7M
2022 £106.3M
2021 £62.5M
2020 £78.9M
Gross profit per
retail unit
£1,222
2024 £1,222
£(8.4)M
(Loss)/Profit before
tax and exceptionals
£(8.2)m
(Loss)/Profit after tax
£(8.4)m
2022 £21.5M
2021 £9.7M
2020 £18.8M
Net Cash/(Debt)
7
£9.2m
2024
£9.2M
£5.6M
£(21.2)M
2021
£6.0M
2020
2023
£0.8M
2022
2023 £1,440.2M
2022 £1,322.3M
2021 £721.4M
2020 £1,018.0M
£(8.2)M
2023
2023
£(0.3)M
£(0.6)M
2024
2024
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202428
Our strategy
The Car Buyer’s
Champion
Despite the headwinds which have delayed
strategic activity, and temporarily impacted
revenue growth, good progress has nevertheless
been made against strategic objectives which
offer the best short term returns.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 29Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Good progress was made in the year against the four pillars of our strategy.
Upscaling omnichannel capability
Upgrades to website Product Detail Pages (PDPs)
and new vehicle imagery – increased views and
sessions, and lower bounce rates
‘Saved Search Favourites’ and ‘Recommendations’
functionality introduced and email stock alerts in
place for stock that becomes available
Record levels of organic traffic, with
improvements to site speed, up 43.5% from
previous year
New merchandising capability enables prominent
visibility for overage stock and price reduction
banners introduced
Redesigned store landing pages allows customers
to see locations close to them and showcase their
current stock
Sale orders from digital leads increased by 10.0%
from previous year despite lower overall volumes sold
Customer acquisition and retention
20th store opened in May 2023 (Ipswich)
Improving customer experience with creation of
single customer view and CRM platform
Customer emails sent up to four times a week,
with very low unsubscribe rates
Better use of data:
Drill down on what customers desire,
highlighting the need to increase the
affordability of our stock
Data led pricing strategy
Focus on where each vehicle is in life cycle
New warranty product, now offered for a three
year period
Improvement to online portal experience –
reduce waiting time in store
Operational efficiency through technology
and innovation
Continued automation yields further efficiency gains
New internal transport partner, improving service
on sold cars
New open banking solution allows retail customers
to pay by bank transfer, reducing card payment fees
Digital verification of vehicle mileage to ensure
accuracy
Improved aftersales capability with planned
introduction of MOT bays in selected locations
Key partner API enhancements eliminate double
key entry and rework
Upgraded FAQs page improves customer
experience and productivity
Wholesale and supply expansion
Less reliance on stock attracting purchase fees
– fees per unit dropped from £144 in 2023 to £114
in 2024
New A4C customer dashboards – unique
personalised ‘central hubs’
New automated funding provider options – A4C
customers can activate their account in two clicks
and proceed to bid and buy
Automated A4C customer payments now trigger
collection alert and secure code – customers can
win auction, pay and collect almost immediately
Reinvigorated Sell Your Car processes in the final
quarter leading to a strong uplift
Having focused on Brilliant Basics for much of FY24,
we will reinvigorate our longer term strategic plans in
FY25 to maximise the market growth opportunity.
Mark Carpenter, Chief Executive Officer
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202430
High performance Digital Team
now embedded
Digital marketing
In-housing of team drives advanced thinking
and techniques
Significant reduction in operating costs compared
to outside agencies
Product
Opportunities to increase sales, improve customer
excellence and generate business efficiencies
Reduction in development time through product
owners partnering with engineering teams
Development of new site features and functionality to
create seamless online and offline customer experience
Content and design
Content team recruited to drive SEO through written
and video content
75 reviews available across a range of key makes
and models with more being added
Ongoing investment in car buying guides, best car
lists and car news
In-house User Experience and User Interface teams
recruited to enhance the customer experience and
further optimise existing functionality
Strategy performance for 2024
FY24 highlights
Impact of recruitment of experienced Chief
Digital Officer and new Chief Technology Officer
joined in March 2023
New technology capability building; focus on
product development, engineering and cloud
Data science increasingly driving business
decisions
Insight driven paid media strategy based on
key data sources, to drive cost efficiencies
and deliver growth
More frequent and targeted email
communications and digital activity
Digital & Tech Hub launched in Manchester
store – will support and attract the best talent
in a range of digital roles
Recruitment of a new Digital Marketing Director
and a team of digital marketing experts
covering a range of channels including paid
search, Search Engine Optimisation (SEO),
email, digital PR and social media
Build of an in-house content production team,
covering everything including content writers,
editors and video producers
+43.5%
Website speed
improvement
March 2024 v April 2023
23.2k
Estimated sale orders
from digital leads
2023: 21.1k
Our strategy continued
Upscaling our
omnichannel capability
Investment into our technology, data, E-commerce
capability will accelerate future growth
Motorpoint’s visibility in Googles search listings is up over 43% year on year,
capitalising on investment in the website, content and marketing teams.
Rapidly upscaling our
omnichannel capability
Operational efficiency through
technology and innovation
Link to strategy
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 31Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Growing our
market share
Creating a true omnichannel
experience for customers
Market share growth as customers repeat purchase at a
location and brand awareness increases in new regions.
Strategy Performance for 2024
FY24 highlights
20th store opened in May 2023 (Ipswich)
Improving customer experience with creation
of single customer view and CRM platform
Customer emails sent up to four times a week,
with very low unsubscribe rates
Better use of data
Drill down on what customers desire, highlighting
the need to move to older, cheaper vehicles for
new customers
Data led pricing strategy to optimise for margin
whilst minimising days to sell and the % of
stock overage
Focus on where each vehicle is in life cycle
By increasing the mix of vehicles under £15K
to attract new customers, new customer orders
(January to March 2024 vs LY) were up 22% at
10,259 orders vs 8,394
Improvement to online portal experience –
reduce waiting time in store
2.3%
Market share
(0-6 year old car market
January to March 2024 -
SMMT)
20
Stores nationwide
Link to strategy
Expand wholesale and
E-commerce channels
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202432
Focus on Auction4Cars
Launched A4C’s new Customer Dashboard
A4C partnered with its fourth funding partner:
MotoNovo, adding to the existing V12VF, LE Capital
and NextGear. Customers can now activate their
Auction4Cars.com account in two clicks and proceed
to bid and buy
Customer experience/UI upgrades focusing on
serving the customer relevant, actionable information
at the appropriate time. This includes dynamically
inserted payment references within account reminders
Fast release immediately upon payment, meaning
customers can win an auction, pay for their vehicle
and collect within minutes
Auction4Cars ‘Live Auction’ page has been
completely upgraded
Strategy performance for 2024
FY24 highlights
Continued automation yields further
efficiency gains
New open banking solution allows retail
customers to pay by bank transfer, reducing
card payment fees
Improved aftersales capability with planned
introduction of MOT bays in selected locations
Key partner API enhancements eliminate double
key entry and rework
Upgraded FAQs page improves customer
experience and productivity
Our strategy continued
Operational
excellence
Operational efficiency through technology and innovation
Operational efficiency through
technology and innovation
Link to strategy
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 33Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Our stakeholders at the
heart of our model
Section 172 statement
The Board has a duty to promote the long term, sustainable success of the
Company and of the wider Group. The baseline duty is set out in section 172 of the
Companies Act 2006, but in reality, it is broader, and the Board considers a wide
range of statutory and other factors within its decision-making process.
Board decision making will always encompass:
the likely consequences of any decision in the long
term and the risks to the Group and its stakeholders;
the interests and wellbeing of our people and the
communities where we are present;
the impact of our vehicles and business on the
environment and the need to ‘decarbonise’;
the Group’s relationships with its customers and
suppliers; and
the importance of our reputation for integrity and
high standards of business conduct.
Motorpoint believes that a key mechanism in ensuring
that it makes good long term and sustainable decisions
is open, two way dialogue with all our key stakeholders.
We believe that understanding the perspective and
needs of our stakeholders is vital to the Group’s success.
Good governance, our business ethics and integrity are
essential to continue to be an attractive company for our
investors, employer for our employees, partner for our
suppliers and retailer for our customers.
We have a code of conduct in place for all employees,
which sets out our expectations for ethical behaviour and
responsible decision making. We also have a dedicated
customer care team that is focused on ensuring that our
customers are satisfied with the service we provide.
In addition to this, we have also established several
community initiatives to support the local communities
in which we operate.
We recognise that our success as a business is closely
linked to the wellbeing of the communities in which we
operate, and we are committed to being a responsible,
sustainable member of our local communities.
We regularly review our policies and procedures to
ensure that they are in line with our obligations under
section 172 and that they continue to effectively take
into account the needs of all our stakeholders.
This section 172 statement signposts in more detail
some of the key ways in which we have engaged with
stakeholders across the year ended 31 March 2024 and
built confidence in the sustainability of their relationship
with the Group. It should be read in conjunction with:
the Chairs statement on pages 18 to 20;
the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 22
to 25;
the ESG report on pages 38 to 51;
the Chief Financial Officers review on pages 62
to 65;
the Risk landscape on pages 66 to 77; and
the Governance and related reports on pages 79
to 118.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202434
Engaging with our stakeholders
Engaging and understanding the needs of our key stakeholders has never been more important and is critical to the
Board’s decision making.
Stakeholder Why we engage How we engage Outcomes and how feedback reaches the Board
Our people
We have an
experienced, diverse
and dedicated
workforce which
we recognise as a
key asset of our
business. Therefore,
it is important that we
continue to develop
the right environment
and Company culture
to encourage and
create opportunities
for individuals and
teams to realise their
full potential.
We run two engagement
surveys each year, our
Driving Seat Survey and
an external survey
Created the ‘Knowledge Hub
on Workplace to enhance
communication with our teams
Simplified a number of
systems and processes
(including the Sales process)
to enhance team training
and development
We have set up a designated
session for all stores and team
members to receive dedicated
monthly time with the Senior
Leadership Team (SLT), driving
more engagement across the
whole business with the SLT
Training and talent
development programmes
that are a mix of in person
and online
Monthly SLT/CEO listening
groups called ‘Ask me
Anything’ carried out across
the country
We have a designated NED
who oversees employee
engagement and holds
regular listening groups
with employees
Engagement survey results and
annual people plan presented
to the Board
Have held various SLT sessions on
DEI, with an external DEI specialist,
creating our strategy and SLT
commitments
Continued to offer health and
wellbeing initiatives with mental,
physical and financial support
We committed to ensuring we
pay at least the Real Living Wage
People reports at scheduled
Board meetings
Annual pay review and reports
to the Remuneration Committee
We have invested in salary levels
in key strategic areas of the
business and raised the
Motorpoint living wage in line
with the Real Living Wage
Read more on pages 44 to 49
Our
customers
We are here to help our
customers buy the car
they want; in the way
they want. Our Choice,
Value, Service and
Quality proposition is
reliant on having the
right partnerships to
enable us to deliver for
customers. We have
an unerring focus on
customer satisfaction.
Direct feedback sought on a
regular basis via NPS (82 in
FY24), Trustpilot (Excellent
rating) and Google reviews
Monitoring/reporting of sales,
footfall, website traffic and
internet search analyses
Dedicated customer care team
Social media and websites
Project launched to improve all
aspects of customer journey
Direct contact in stores
Strong NPS score
Strong repeat and referral
business
Use of data to better understand
customer needs, and addressing
these
Customer research is informing
the development of a vehicle
and customer data profile
Section 172 statement continued
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 35Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Stakeholder Why we engage How we engage Outcomes and how feedback reaches the Board
Our suppliers
and partners
It is crucial that we
develop and maintain
strong working
relationships with our
suppliers, so we can
enhance the efficiency
of our business and
create value, and make
sure we treat suppliers
in line with our values
and ethical standards.
We continually assess
our supplier and
partner network, and
leverage both internal
and external expertise
to ensure appropriate
relationships and
fair economics.
Standard terms of business
and regular supplier meetings
Contingency planning
should there be a failure
in the supply chain
Supplier and distributor
onboarding due diligence
(financial, quality, business
integrity and compliance,
component supply, modern
slavery, etc)
Ongoing management
of supplier relationships
Procurement review
undertaken to assess how
we improve efficiency
CEO and senior management
team focus on supply chain
challenges arising from expanding
into new channels and suppliers
Engaging with a broad range of
suppliers and regular transition
between channels, with a
similar level of flexibility in our
product offering
Further strengthening of supply
chain team and processes
Our
communities
Our employees care
deeply about our
communities. As a
responsible employer,
we want to contribute
to the economic
development and
sustainability of
our communities.
Entered into partnerships to
create better gender balance
within the automotive industry
Commitment to invest in the
successful and sustainable
delivery of careers and
education for young people
in our local communities
All team members are entitled
to paid time off to support
volunteering in the community
Awards and recognition
Sponsorship and volunteering
by employees
Continuing with our community
focused partnerships which
cement our contribution to
the economic development
and sustainability of these
communities
Raising funds for local charities
close to our stores across the UK
We support payroll giving to
allow team members to support
charities that are important to
them, many of which will be local
Read more on pages 48 and 49
Our
shareholders
As a company with
a premium listing on
the London Stock
Exchanges Main
Market, we need
to communicate
clearly and effectively
with our existing
and prospective
shareholders
to develop their
understanding of how
the Groups businesses
are managed to
generate sustainable
returns and long
term success.
Annual Report
Consultation with lead
investors and voting advisory
organisations
RNS announcements
Annual General Meeting
Investor presentations
Corporate website
Roadshows arranged twice a
year to engage with investors
Investors have the opportunity
to visit stores and meet a
range of employees
The Board is provided with regular
feedback on investors’ views and
market developments
Face to face and virtual meetings
with investors
We issued regular trading updates
via the RNS facility to update
the market on the financial
performance of the business
Our websites
(www.motorpointplc.com and
www.motorpoint.co.uk) provide
a broad range of information
and data
Monthly reporting on shareholder
trading
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202436
Stakeholder Why we engage How we engage Outcomes and how feedback reaches the Board
Our
environment
Through channels such
as climate change and
increasing legislative
requirements, the
natural environment
affects many aspects
of what we do. Our
own materiality
research also shows
that the importance
of environmental
concerns rated
highly among our
other stakeholders.
As a business, we
need to do what we
can to support our
environment to ensure
a sustainable business.
Expanded monitoring of our
GHG emissions and ongoing
reduction/offsetting activities
to support our efforts to reduce
the impact of our emissions
Continuous monitoring of our
waste and implementation of
improvements to reduce waste
to landfill while increasing our
overall recycling
Engagement with third parties
who provide expertise
Ongoing implementation and
exploration of water saving
projects
Continued consideration into
reduction and offset of our
indirect environmental footprint,
such as products sold
ESG Committee at Plc level
to oversee ESG matters
Environment is a key pillar
of the ESG Committee
ESG target achievement linked to
annual bonuses
Formal ESG strategy in place
with three key areas linked to
our environment
Environmental performance
measures included in Annual Report
including waste and GHG emissions
Read more on pages 39 to 42
How we made our key decisions
In this section, we set out how we considered the interests and needs of stakeholders in two of our key decisions
this year.
Decision 1: Commencing share buyback programme
In January, the Board announced its intention to commence a share buyback programme, and repurchase and cancel
up to 5m ordinary shares of 1p each in the capital of the Company, representing approximately 5% of the Issued
Share Capital.
In initiating this programme, we considered:
The long term
effect
Considering the Company’s cash generation across Q3 and Q4 of FY24 and the strength of the
balance sheet, the Board believes there to be sufficient cash in the business to continue to fund
ambitious organic growth in the recovering market alongside the share buyback programme.
Affected
stakeholder
groups
Investors
The share buyback will allow the Company to optimise its capital structure, thereby reducing
the cost of capital and increasing shareholder value.
Financing partners and creditors
The Board considered the Company’s long term funding arrangements with its financing
partners, and relationships with creditors in determining whether there was sufficient cash
available to carry out the programme.
Section 172 statement continued
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 37Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Decision 2: Rightsizing the business to reflect market conditions
Delivery of our strategy in challenging macroeconomic conditions required us to rightsize the business and reduce
our cost base. Retail margins were increased through the referencing of data, an administration fee was introduced
(in line with much of the market), and we reviewed our Head Office team structure and store locations.
In implementing these changes, we considered:
The long term
effect
The Company’s ability to remain agile and harness opportunities presented by the recovery of
the market was prioritised throughout the rightsizing process. For example, the restructure took
a long term view of the roles needed to enhance the Company’s digital sales channels, and to
further develop the use of data in decision making.
Affected
stakeholder
groups
Customers
Customers are now in a position to benefit from an improved supply of stock and data-driven pricing.
Investors
Our investors expect us to operate in an effective manner and for our business model to reflect
the challenges facing the market. The restructuring allows us to return to profitable growth in
shorter timeframe.
Employees
The restructure within Head Office was implemented to achieve a fit for purpose and agile
workforce that will be well positioned to respond to the upturn in market conditions. Our priority
throughout the restructure process was to ensure impacted colleagues were treated fairly and
with respect. Looking forward we will continue to review our organisational effectiveness to
ensure we are structured in a way that supports us to realise our commercial ambitions.
Community
Our commitment to the community and our stores’ engagement with local charitable causes
has been maintained throughout the rightsizing process.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202438
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG) is a core part
of our identity and we aim to be a
business that takes every decision
balanced with ESG consideration.
We were delighted to be recognised in
the year as one of the Financial Times’ top
500 climate leaders, validating the work
we have done to lower our controllable
emissions year on year as well as progress
made making full Scope 3 disclosures.
FY24 summary:
An overview of the targets we
set for the year recognising
where we achieved our goals
and where we still have progress
to make.
Waste management:
Details of our waste
management strategy, including
our approach to reducing,
reusing, and recycling waste.
Energy usage
We recognise the importance
of minimising our use of natural
resources and are committed to
reducing our carbon footprint.
This section provides data on
our energy and water usage, as
well as details of our initiatives
to reduce our consumption and
improve our efficiency.
Emissions data:
The automotive sector is a
significant contributor to
greenhouse gas emissions, and
we are committed to playing
our part in reducing this impact.
This section provides details
of our SECR statement as well
as a complete set of emissions
across our Scope 1, 2 and 3
footprint.
Social responsibility is a
key component of our ESG
performance, and we support
our team members, customers,
and the communities which
we serve. This section provides
details of our social initiatives,
including our commitment
to diversity and inclusion,
community outreach, and
employee wellbeing.
Good governance is essential
for building a sustainable,
resilient business. This section
provides an overview of
our governance framework,
including our approach to
risk management, board
composition and diversity,
and ethical business practices
as well as our TCFD aligned
disclosures.
Environmental Social Governance
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
l
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
o
c
i
a
l
page 39
page 40
pages 40 to 42
pages 40 to 42
pages 43 to 49 pages 50 and 51
39Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
FY24 summary
This year, we set a goal to achieve
a 10% reduction in like for like
energy usage, on a consistent
square foot basis with last year. The
goal is measured on kWh usage per
square foot vs FY23. This goal was
directly linked to executive pay.
We also set a target, as last year,
to achieve zero waste to landfill by
the end of FY24. We are pleased
with the progress made against the
targets in the year, full details can be
found on pages 40 to 42.
Continued focus on targeting like
for like energy usage reduction
aids us on our journey to net zero.
Embedding these targets into our
stores and preparation centres
is crucial to achieving energy
efficiency, and during the year we
partnered with store and preparation
managers to look at ways in which
energy usage could be reduced.
We continue to monitor internal
intensity ratio as a KPI for monitoring
our emissions footprint. The metric
is defined as our total Scope 1 and
2 and Business Travel divided by
the total floor area of the business
(tCO
2
e/floor area – sq ft). This metric
helps us deliver more accurate like
for like comparisons with previous
years and is disclosed in our SECR
statement later in this section.
We continue to report against
the recommendations of the Task
Force on Climate Related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD), this year
working with an external third party
to enhance our modelling and
climate risk assessment. In line with
previous reporting we continue to
adhere to the SECR requirements.
In FY24, the footprint of the business
grew with the opening of our 20th
store in Ipswich. With no other store
openings in the year, this gave us an
opportunity to focus on partnering
with management to look at ways
in which we can run our stores and
preparation centres more efficiently,
as well as looking at ways we can
drive competitive action to be the
most energy efficient site.
Also core to our ESG framework is
the need to adapt to customers as
buying trends move to favour more
sustainable products. Whilst Electric
Vehicle (EV) demand was lower in the
year than our initial expectations, we
still expect increased demand for EVs
in the future.
This not only extends to adapting
to a rise in the EV market, but also
making sure we stay ahead of any
incentives that local authorities
currently offer, or may offer in the
near future.
Environmental
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202440
Waste management
During FY23, we continued to prioritise our efforts towards improving.
This year our waste management represented another successful year for
us, as we achieved 66.6% of waste recycled with only 0.2% waste going to
landfill. Our waste to landfill figure was impacted by the flood in Derby which
caused the store to temporarily close and rapid building works needing to
take place to set up our temporary show room. This work unfortunately led
to a small amount of waste going to landfill. We also note a differing split
between waste recycled versus recovered this year. This is a function of an
older vehicle mix year on year meaning more parts needed to be sourced
during the preparation of vehicles. These parts, rather than being recycled to
a raw material or new state, are more likely to be recovered for reuse.
Total Waste figures FY24 FY23
Total Waste 932.3t 1,062.9t
Kg Waste / sq ft 1.11 1.28
Percentage waste recycled 66.6% 85.6%
Percentage waste recovered 33.2% 14.2%
Percentage waste to landfill 0.2% 0.2%
Energy usage
This year we were delighted to achieve a 15.4% reduction in energy usage
in kWh/sq ft terms. This represents the good work we have done across
the business setting up heat maps and a competitive landscape across our
stores, all aiming to be the most efficient store in the Group on an energy
used per square foot basis.
Total electricity and gas usage FY24 FY23 % change
Total Electricity kWh 4,890,069 5,269,331 (7.2)%
Total Gas kWh 2,870,695 3,811,120 (24.7)%
Total Energy 7,760,764 9,080,451 (14.5)%
kWh / sq ft 9.26 10.94 (15.4)%
Emissions Data
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and reductions
As highlighted by our ESG materiality assessment, GHG emissions and
reductions are high priority for the business. The increased data accuracy
and reporting with regards to our energy usage directly corresponds to our
GHG emissions, and as such we have been tracking our Scope 1 and Scope
2 emissions periodically to enable reporting at relevant forums such as the
ESG Committee.
In addition to periodic calculations for our direct emissions, FY24 has seen us
continue to look at the wider Motorpoint value chain. In line with our TCFD
commitments in FY23, we have again calculated our applicable categories of
Scope 3 emissions.
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (SECR) FY24
This report has been compiled in line with the March 2019 BEIS
‘Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including streamlined energy and
carbon reporting guidance, and the EMA methodology for SECR Reporting.
All measured emissions from activities which the organisation has financial
control over are included as required under The Companies (Directors’
Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report)
Regulations 2018, unless otherwise stated in the exclusions statement.
The carbon figures have been calculated using the DESNZ 2023 carbon
conversion factors for all fuels.
Continued focus on
targeting like for like
energy usage reduction
aids us on our journey
to net zero.
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) continued
41Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
The table below sets out Motorpoint’s emissions in FY24 with prior year comparatives.
FY24 FY231
Total energy use covering electricity, gas, other fuels and transport (kWh) 12,938,771 15,156,762
Scope 1 emissions generated through combustion of gas (tCO
2
e) 525 696
Scope 1 emissions generated through use of transportation (tCO
2
e) 1,128 1,344
Scope 2 emissions generated through use of purchased electricity (tCO
2
e) 1,013 1,019
Scope 3 emissions generated through business travel (tCO
2
e) 120 157
Total Scope 1 and 2, Business Travel (tCO
2
e) 2,786 3,2161
Intensity ratio – Total Scopes 1 and 2, Business Travel
(tCO
2
e / Floor Area – sq ft) 0.00332 0.003871
Note: Disclosures above are aligned with the SECR minimum mandatory requirements for quoted companies: global Scope 1 emissions from
combustion of gas/fuel for transport purposes and global Scope 2 emissions from purchased energy. Additional disclosure of Scope 3 emissions
from business travel or employee owned vehicles is included. Motorpoint Plc operates within the UK only.
1 Our FY23 SECR has been restated following data enhancements resulting in a more accurate split of total emissions. This resulted in changes to
Scope 1 and Scope 3 emissions in respect of transportation. In the prior year, Scope 1 emissions generated through use of transportation was
stated at 595 tCO
2
e which this year has been restated to 1,344 tCO
2
e, with a reduced Scope 3 downstream transportation figure accordingly
restated in our full Scope 3 emissions table (562 tC02e as restated against 1,181 tC02e disclosed in the FY23 Annual Report).
Our SECR reported emissions for
Scope 1 and 2, Business Travel
decreased 13.4% from 3,216 tCO
2
e
in FY23 to 2,786 tCO
2
e in FY24.
On an intensity basis, taking into
account the portfolio size of the
business, our emissions intensity
decreased by 4.2% from FY23
to FY24.
Our relative footprint decrease
for combustibles and purchased
energy in Scope 1 and 2 reflects
the success of our store business
partnering, working with store
managers to continue to find ways
to reduce gas and electricity usage.
Scope 3 emissions
With GHG emissions being a priority
focus under our ESG framework,
a detailed understanding of our
emissions is vital. Up until recently
our focus has been on the emissions
from our direct operations under
Scope 1 and Scope 2 of the GHG
protocol. While these emissions are
more directly under our control,
they offer only a snapshot of total
emissions footprint as opposed to
the emissions of our entire value
chain under Scope 3.
Scope 3 emissions have decreased
year on year by 20.6% which is
largely driven by the ‘use of sold
products’ category, in line with
vehicle mix and lower unit sales
volumes. This category makes up
94.3% of Scope 3 emissions and
other movements between Scope
3 categories were immaterial year
on year.
There are a total of 15 categories
defined by the GHG protocol for
Scope 3. Of these 15 categories,
we have established that nine
additional areas not in our SECR
reported emissions above that
are relevant to Motorpoint’s value
chain. Based on these categories,
we have calculated our emissions
using the most appropriate
method with the data available to
us, recognising that reliable data
for Scope 3 is a challenge and
we are on a journey to improving
our understanding in this area.
Particular focus was put towards
the calculation of emissions from
products sold, as this category
makes up the majority of our entire
footprint across Scope 1, 2 and 3.
For categories less material to the
business due to their reduced totals
of tCO
2
e, we have calculated them
using a range of industry accepted
data and estimates.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202442
A full breakdown of our category justification and calculation methods can
be found on our investor website.
Motorpoint Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions FY24 FY23
Total Scope 1 emissions 1,653 2,040
Total Scope 2 emissions 1,013 1,019
Scope 3 emissions
Category 1 Purchased Goods and Services 12,111 12,311
Category 2 Capital Goods 1,136 317
Category 3 Fuel and Energy 120 478
Category 4 Upstream Transportation 6,731 5,588
Category 5 Waste 215 213
Category 6 Business Travel 120 157
Category 7 Employee Commute 395 395
Category 8 Upstream Leased Assets N/A N/A
Category 9 Downstream Transportation 174 562
Category 10 Processing of Sold Products N/A N/A
Category 11 Use of Sold Products 349,069 445,954
Category 12 End of Life Treatment of Products N/A N/A
Category 13 Downstream Leased Assets N/A N/A
Category 14 Franchises N/A N/A
Category 15 Investments N/A N/A
Total Scope 3 370,071 465,975
Total Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 emissions 372,737 469,034
Carbon offsetting
In FY24, we committed to offsetting our emissions disclosed via SECR for
Scope 1 and 2 through purchasing carbon credits.
Progress against targets:
Our targets for FY24 were:
reduce our intensity ratio of total Scope 1 and 2 and business travel
divided by the total floor space of the business (tCO
2
e by sq ft) by 10%
a year; and
achieve zero % waste to landfill by the end of FY24.
We are pleased with our progress in the year. We were ahead of target in
respect of our Scope 1 and 2 emissions and business travel achieving a 14.2%
reduction year on year based on tCO
2
e / sq ft, and substantially achieved
our waste to landfill target with less than 0.2% of waste going to landfill in
the year.
We were delighted
to be recognised in
the year as one of the
Financial Times’ top
500 climate leaders.
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) continued
43Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
From the very beginning
Motorpoint has been a people
focused business – and our team
members have always been at the
heart of our business model and
our Virtuous Circle.
We have always stood up to be the
Car Buyer’s Champion, making sure
our customers can buy a quality
nearly new car with no hassle from
a trusted business that does things
in the right way. Then there are the
communities that we work within.
Wherever we do business, we want
to bring high quality employment
to the community through our
team members and their families,
but more than that we want to be
a positive force for good, helping
those less fortunate, supporting
those starting out in life, facilitating
opportunities and generally making
sure that wherever we trade, the
community is a better place for
having Motorpoint nearby.
Health and safety
The Board recognises that the
highest levels of safety are required
in order to protect our employees
and customers. The Board believes
that all incidents and injuries are
preventable, and that all employees
have the right to expect to return
home safely at the end of every
working day.
This year we appointed Callidus
to provide comprehensive
consultative support and advice
to managers at all levels for health
and safety matters across the
Group. The Board requires that
the Group systematically manages
its health and safety hazards, sets
objectives and monitors progress
by regular measurement, audit and
review. Monthly health and safety
summaries are prepared and shared
with the Board.
Managers and supervisors
across all levels in the Group are
responsible for managing the
health and safety of their teams as
part of promoting and embracing
a positive health and safety
culture. The Board emphasises
the importance of individual
responsibility for health and safety
at all levels of the organisation,
and expects employees to report
potential hazards, to be involved
in implementing solutions and to
adhere to rules, procedures and
Group policies. A key element in the
continuous improvement of health
and safety management is sharing
best practice and lessons learnt
from incidents across the Group
and the wider industry. Accidents,
incidents and near misses are
investigated, with actions generated
to prevent recurrence.
To embed health and safety
practices in the wider workforce,
we ensure that all our employees
receive health and safety training
modules as part of a two year
training cycle. Completion is
monitored centrally and late
completers are notified to their
line manager on a monthly basis.
Social
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202444
Our people
Our people have always been
the heart of our business. Our
achievements this year can be
attributed to our talented teams
who worked in line with our values
and demonstrated high levels of
resilience through a challenging
year. Our people have made sure
that our customers have continued
to receive industry leading service
as demonstrated by Trustpilot; our
preparation teams have looked after
thousands of cars, ensuring that
there’s no car like a Motorpoint car;
and at Head Office, our teams have
supported the wider business and
embedded key processes to enable
our operational teams to deliver
a seamless customer experience.
Our approach to developing a high
performing and inclusive culture
is achieved through a number of
initiatives and is explained on the
following pages.
Our values
We are proud
We are proud of what we do, how
we do it and the people who make
it happen – we stand out from the
crowd and are proud to work as part
of Team Motorpoint.
We are supportive
We have a One Team ethos and
understand that together we achieve
more. We are a united team focused
on a common goal and vision and
will always help our customers and
colleagues alike #drivingdreams®.
We are happy
We enjoy what we do and we show
it – a smile is contagious and our
teams wear them naturally with
pride. A happy team makes for
a better working environment
which in turn translates to a great
customer experience.
We are honest
We speak the truth and give honest
feedback at all times; this applies to
our teams, investors and customers.
Courage and honesty are the
vehicles for positive change and
Team Motorpoint has embraced this.
We do all of this together
We are equal parts of the whole
and we are stronger together.
Our values have been in place since
2018 and they continue to be a true
reflection of how we work together
at Motorpoint. Our Leadership
Behaviours scheme demonstrates
to leaders at all levels across the
business what good leadership looks
like at Motorpoint and what we, and
our team members, expect from a
Motorpoint Leader. These have been
embedded across our processes to
bring them to life and make sure that
we keep these front of mind.
Our people are at the heart of our business, not least in ensuring the
quality of the customer experience; this is why we are determined to
continually focus on our team engagement.
Lois Miller, Senior HR Leader
Our people – FY24 highlights
61
Promotions
4.1
Glassdoor
rating
(out of 5)
103
Long Service Awards
Spread across 5, 10, 15 and
20 years’ service awards
728
Team
members
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) continued
45Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
It is important to us that all of our
team members are proud to work
at Motorpoint. To enable this, we
want to make sure that there is
respect for difference and there is
true inclusion at every level of our
workforce, and for our customers.
We expect everyone to be
welcomed and treated equitably by
having the same chance of success
whoever they are, whatever they do
and wherever they are from.
We recognise that Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion is a key enabler to
achieving our strategic goals.
A diverse, equitable and inclusive
culture gives us a competitive
advantage to recruit the best
talent and we believe that different
perspectives allow us to make more
rounded decisions that are reflective
of the environment in which we
operate and the customers that
we serve.
We ensure that our Diversity,
Equity and Inclusion commitments
are weaved into all of our decision-
making processes, making sure
that Motorpoint is a place where
everyone feels valued, respected,
and supported to be their best –
creating role models who display
our values to each other and to
our customers.
Our approach to Diversity,
Equity, and Inclusion
Our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
strategy comprises of five core
commitments:
Our commitments
1. As a Senior Leadership Team we
will lead by example
2. We will create an inclusive culture
3. We will attract, retain and develop
a diverse Motorpoint team
4. We will create more diverse
voices around the senior
leadership table
5. We will create more customer
and community connectivity
Measuring the impact of our
commitments to Diversity,
Equity and Inclusion
To ensure that we can measure
the progress and impact of our
Equity, Diversity and Inclusion
strategy we now collate key data
from our new team members
when they join the business.
All team members are asked about
their sexual orientation, ethnic
background and any disabilities as
part of their onboarding journey.
We also collated this information
from all of our existing team
members. This means that we can
appropriately measure the impact
of key initiatives, through employee
engagement surveys, ethnicity pay
gap measurements and identify
where we have clear gaps in
our teams.
With respect to recruitment, we
have anonymised all CVs on our
applicant tracking system to remove
any demographic data, such as
gender, age, sex or ethnicity to
ensure that all candidates are
assessed solely on their skills,
qualifications and experience.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202446
Gender Pay Gap
The Gender Pay Gap is the difference
between the average pay of men
compared to the average pay of
women and is expressed as
a percentage difference.
In calculating these figures, the Mean
figure is a sum of the hourly pay rates
for all women in the organisation
divided by the total number of
women. We then repeat the process
for men and the pay gap is the
difference between the two.
The Median gap is calculated by
listing the hourly pay rates for each
of the two groups and taking the
middle amount (the median). We
then subtract the median figure for
the womens group from the men’s,
divide it by the mens median hourly
pay rate and multiply by 100 to get
the percentage.
Mean Median
Total Pay Gap 7.1% (0.2)%
Salary Pay Gap (11.3)% (1.7)%
Bonus Pay Gap 58.3% 14.2%
We continue to make progress in
closing our Gender Pay Gap, with
mean and median distribution for
total pay significantly reduced and
salary only data positively improved
to a -11.3% gap. We have more females
holding leadership and higher paid
positions within the business, with
the average basic salary for females
at Motorpoint being 40% higher
than in 2022, and female leaders
operating 30% of our operational
leadership roles. We remain focused
on continuing to reduce the gap,
with a strategic priority to create an
inclusive and equitable workspace for
all employees.
All roles at Motorpoint are eligible
for a performance related bonus
which means that the vast majority
of our team received a bonus in the
last 12 months, irrespective of their
gender. The bonus pay gap which
we have reported can be related to
the gender split across the quartiles,
especially in the upper and upper
middle quartiles, where bonus is
relative to base salary and where
fewer females occupy the highest
earning roles.
Gender mix
Male Female
Senior Leadership 81.8% 18.2%
Leadership 73.5% 26.5%
Manager 64.0% 36.0%
Team member 80.2% 19.8%
All employees 78.1% 21.9%
The Gender mix table sets our gender breakdown at
various levels in the Company, including the breakdown
for all employees, based on the 789 individuals employed
as at 5 April 2023, the date at which the Gender Pay Gap
was assessed.
Our gender mix is in line with the wider automotive
industry, but we always want to improve and lead the
industry, hence our involvement in the Automotive
30% Club and an increased focus on graduates and
apprentices who generally provide a better gender
mix for team members joining us.
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) continued
47Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Supporting our team
At Motorpoint we believe that the
combination of our focus on driving
dreams, robust ESG credentials and
our people and culture, not only
differentiates us from our peers but
also gives us a competitive advantage.
We believe that Motorpoint is an
amazing place to work but we
constantly strive to become an even
better place to work. The Virtuous
Circle is at the very heart of the way
we do business as we genuinely
believe that if we get it right for our
team members, then they will get it
right for our customers and that will
create stronger performance for all
our stakeholders.
To ensure that we maintain our focus
on team member engagement and
genuinely live our values Proud,
Happy, Honest, Supportive and
Together, we undertake a wide range
of team member focused activities,
some of which are as follows:
Listening to our employees
Employee voices are important
to us and we run engagement
surveys regularly. This year we ran
our Happiness Survey; we also ran
a pulse survey in relation to our
recognition schemes and as a result
we updated our popular employee
scratch cards with new prizes
which are used for peer to peer
recognition across the business.
Of course, the important thing
about an engagement survey are
the actions that you take as a result
of the feedback and at Motorpoint
all areas of the business are
expected to create an Action Plan
based on their team feedback and
are measured on delivery against
those plans.
Our CEO is keen to hear feedback
from all levels across the business
and regularly holds ‘Happy Hour’
sessions, whereby team members
can attend to ask questions and
discuss areas for improvement
across the business.
The Senior Leadership Team (SLT)
spend a significant amount of time
in stores speaking to colleagues at
all levels. They hold regular ‘Ask me
Anything’ listening sessions obtaining
feedback from team members face
to face in our stores and preparation
sites across the country, helping us
understand the issues faced by our
team members and driving action
to make improvements to our team
member experience.
We ran our internal engagement
Driving Seat Survey in February
2024. The survey measures our
teams’ satisfaction in how we bring
our values to life. Around 70% of
our team responded to the survey,
which gave us a good sample to
measure our team engagement.
The results of the survey showed
that there is a strong sense of pride
in working for Motorpoint and our
teams remain focused and engaged
with the customer experience. 100%
of respondents stated that they care
about the customer experience
and 96% agreed that their manager
also cares. Our overall satisfaction
rating was 87% and there is a strong
correlation between satisfaction rates
and our stores’ NPS. We also saw
positive results and improvements
within our Head Office functions,
and, in particular, our Finance team
significantly improved year on year
because of focused action plans and
changes in management.
Learning and development (L&D)
Our team members are the start of
our Virtuous Circle. We ensure that
all team members are equipped
with the skills and knowledge to
perform their roles to the best of
their ability to enable us to deliver an
outstanding customer experience.
To further enhance our talent
attraction strategy, we have developed
our career pathway model and
ensured that we have the tools and
resources in place to develop our
teams’ careers.
At Motorpoint we ensure that our
L&D strategy provides equitable
opportunity for our team to develop
and ultimately, progress in their
careers. Alongside this we offer a
number of personal development
courses for our teams to enhance
their skills, not only in the workplace
but also in their lives. We regularly
review and refresh the content of
our Learning Management System
to ensure that our teams have
access to up to date e-learning
courses that they can access at a
time to suit them.
The welcome I received was amazing. I felt
right at home as soon as I entered on my first
day. All senior staff I have met have introduced
themselves, which is really nice. Learning structure
was good with clear objectives. Overall – a great
experience so far.
Sales Executive, Ipswich
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202448
We have focused on the
development of our leadership
teams throughout the year. All
of our leadership team have had
access to one to one coaching and
mentoring which has supported us
in providing a core bench of talent
for succession.
We are also increasing our focus on
apprenticeships and early careers. In a
world where vehicle maintenance and
preparation skills are in short supply,
we see this as a key part of our strategy
to build a leading team. This focus
extends across the business and we
have seen significant success of our
apprenticeship schemes within HR,
Finance and our administration teams.
Wellbeing
The wellbeing of our team members
has always been important to us at
Motorpoint. Happy and Supported
are two of our values and our focus
on the Virtuous Circle means we are
naturally concerned about how our
colleagues are feeling – emotionally,
physically, mentally and financially.
We have invested in mental health
first aid training and have made it
compulsory for all managers in the
business to be trained, as well as
training further team members in
each of our sites to be able to offer
support locally when needed.
Our One Big Dream scheme gives
the gift of time and flexibility, and
allows an individual to take time
out, once a month, fully paid, to do
something that matters to them.
In FY24, we offered over 16,000
hours of additional paid time off
to our employees as part of this
scheme. We only ask that employees
do something that will genuinely
drive their happiness. This benefit
has received immensely positive
feedback and has been used across
an array of activities. The diversity
of people’s selection demonstrates
just how important it is to apply the
flexibility to our employee benefits
in order to have a real impact on
personal wellbeing. We also give
extra leave for birthdays, moving
house and getting married.
We continue to partner with
Sovereign Healthcare to provide
a 24 hour employee assistance
programme for our team members.
This provides a counselling hotline
for team members with issues
across a wide range of subjects that
may be impacting their lives and
gives potential access to face to
face counselling if required.
We also provide financial support
via Sovereign Healthcare to all team
members for key health treatment
including optical support, physical
therapy and dental care.
Our benefits platform My M.O.T
(Motorpoint Offers and Treats)
provides our team members with
access to a wealth of information
and practical resources to assist
them with financial and physical
wellbeing. The platform also
provides team members with
discounts for hundreds of retailers.
Of course, one of the best ways
to ensure our team members’
wellbeing is to provide high quality
jobs that reward people well,
providing fulfilling and enjoyable
work in a supported environment
with high quality leadership.
This provides opportunities to
grow and develop personally and
professionally and that brings us all
the way back to the Virtuous Circle
and our Motorpoint values.
Motorpoint in the community
This year, we have significantly
increased our support and
involvement in the many
communities in which we work.
Local level
It is important to us that our stores
engage with a local charity that
resonates not only with the team
members of that store but also the
local community. Working with
numerous charities has not only
increased the store team charity
engagement but also built a greater
relationship with Motorpoint and
each of the communities.
It is important to engage with a local charity for each store that resonates not
only with the staff of that store but also the local community.
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) continued
49Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Our store leadership teams are
passionate about giving something
back to their local communities.
Our Oldbury store took part in the
Annual Dragon Boat race in support
of their charity partner, Birmingham
Childrens Hospital, raising £3,800.
Each year Birmingham Childrens
Hospital celebrates their biggest
fundraisers and with over £10k
raised for the charity to date,
Motorpoint was named one of the
‘Top 100 Heroes’ by the charity.
In Burnley our General Sales Manager,
Alan Young and Sales Manager,
Matthew Butterworth took on a
running challenge, raising over
£1,000 for Pendleside Hospice.
Our Ipswich team raised over
£2,000 for their charity partner,
St Elizabeth’s Hospice when the
team attended their Midnight Walk.
Arena tickets have been donated to
various other local charities for their
own fundraising activities with a
collective total of over £2,000 raised.
The Community Hero initiative was
created and run on social media
where the public could vote for their
local heroes to receive the prize on
offer – a Newport based foodbank
was gifted Cardiff arena tickets,
and 20 children were mascots at
Peterborough FC.
National level
Each quarter we have a nominated
charity on Workplace (our people
community platform), where ticket
raffle funds are sent. This has
been a new initiative that has seen
great support and as an example,
we raised over £300 for African
Adventures at the end of the year.
Team member level
We recognise that our team members
have busy lives and differing priorities
outside of the workplace. Many
of them will have causes that are
close to their hearts and personal to
them. To support them with this, we
continue to offer all colleagues the
opportunity to donate to these causes
via Payroll Giving.
Store Charitable partner Sponsorships
Birmingham Birmingham Childrens Hospital
Birtley St Cuthbert’s Hospice
Burnley Pendleside Hospice Burnley Golf Centre
Castleford Prince of Wales Hospice Snaith Football Team
Chingford Yardley School
Coventry Myton Hospice
Derby Derby County Community Trust
Nottingham Lions Wheelchair Basketball
Motorpoint Arena Nottingham
Derby County Community Trust
Panthers Ice Hockey Power Break
Edinburgh St Columba’s Hospice
Glasgow and Motherwell Beatson Cancer Care Calderbraes Football Team
Ipswich St Elizabeth’s Hospice
Maidstone Demelza’s Childrens Hospice MPE Football Team
Manchester St Ann’s Hospice Salvo Autism in Racing
Newport St David’s Hospice Care Newport FC Academy
Victor Karlaker – Bristol Pitbulls
Chloe Higgs – Ice Skater
Oldbury Birmingham Childrens Hospital Birmingham Hospital Rugby Team
Peterborough Sue Ryder Hospice Care
Portsmouth Pompey in the community
Sheffield St Lukes Hospice Elsecar Main Football Team
Stockton on Tees JPC Community Farm
Swansea Maggies Cancer Care Morristown Football Club
Riley Powell – Pool Player
Widnes James Bulger Memorial Trust and
St Roccos Hospice
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202450
We take our governance
responsibilities seriously and are
committed to promoting a culture
within Motorpoint where everyone
does the right thing and always
acts with integrity, aligned with
our shared values. We require
all employees and third parties
who act on our behalf to conduct
business with integrity, and to
take personal responsibility for
ensuring that our commitment to
sound and ethical business conduct
is delivered. ESG activities are
monitored at board level through
the ESG Committee.
Whistleblowing
We operate a confidential
whistleblowing hotline which is
available for all of our team and
our suppliers, to give them the
opportunity to raise any issues
about dishonesty or malpractice
within Motorpoint – the results of
which are independently collated
and submitted to the Risk and
Compliance Committee. The
Company Secretary reports regularly
to the Audit Committee and the
Board on whistleblowing matters.
Anti bribery and corruption
Motorpoint has a zero tolerance
policy in respect of bribery and
corruption and our anti bribery
policies and anti money laundering
policies are routinely communicated
to all employee. This extends to all
business dealings and transactions,
and includes a prohibition on
offering or receiving inappropriate
gifts or making undue payments
to influence the outcome of
business dealings.
Employees are required to disclose
offers of gifts, hospitality or other
incentives with a value of more
than £100. All employees receive
communication of the relevant
policies as part of the onboarding
process and new versions are sent
out if updated.
The Group does not make
political donations.
Treating Customers Fairly
Treating Customers Fairly (TCF) is a
regulatory requirement and applies
to all regulated firms in the conduct
of their business. The Financial
Conduct Authority (FCA) regards fair
treatment of customers by firms as
a key part of FCA regulation in the
retail market.
TCF is a core foundation of
delivering our retail proposition of
Choice, Value, Service and Quality,
and is thereby fundamental to
delivering long term business value.
To this end, the Board has reviewed
and maintained our Treating
Customers Fairly and Vulnerable
Customers policy. Through
concerted focus, TCF has become
an integral part of the culture and
is subject to frequent and rigorous
scrutiny within all forums that
consider, inter alia, customer facing
processes, employee remuneration,
and product selection. We are
committed to delivering the best
possible service to our customers,
with objectives across the business
reflecting this aim.
In particular, the following
business areas are under constant
review to ensure alignment with
Motorpoint’s business model,
customer requirements and the
regulatory environment:
marketing practices, including
promotional material;
sales processes, whether on site,
via the contact centre or digital;
customer communications;
record keeping; and
complaints handling.
A review and reporting environment
has been developed to ensure that
Motorpoint’s high expectations are
met, and that all systems, people
and processes are supported
to achieve our TCF objectives,
including via:
qualitative quality controls, such
as aftersale customer interviews
and mystery shops;
quantitative quality controls,
such as cancellation rates for
products within their cooling off
period; and
ongoing training and support for
our team, including personalised
and scheduled refresher training.
The Consumer Duty
The Consumer Duty is a suite of
regulations introduced by the FCA
that set a higher standard for the
treatment of consumers using
financial services and products.
The duty requires firms to put their
consumers’ interests first, making
it easier for them to make decisions
in their best interests and receive
good outcomes.
The duty sets an overarching
principle, cross cutting rules and
requires implementation across four
key outcomes. Below is an outline
of the duty and a description of how
Motorpoint governs its ongoing
compliance with the duty.
In January 2024, the FCA announced
that it would be carrying out a
review of historic motor finance
commission arrangements and sales
across several motor finance firms.
The Group believes that its historical
practices were compliant with the
law and regulations in place at that
time. The Group has acted as a
broker in transactions of this type,
rather than as a lender, and has
followed the rules set by the lender
at all times, and therefore concluded
that the level of risk for wrongdoing
to the Group is low.
Governance
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) continued
51Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Area Description Motorpoint Governance
The Consumer
Principle
This is the overarching principle that defines the purpose
of all of the Consumer Duty regulation, that ‘firms must
act to deliver good outcomes for retail customers’.
Motorpoint has a specific working
group covering all aspects of the duty.
The Cross
Cutting Rules
1. Acting in good faith’ (e.g. not taking advantage
of any lack of knowledge on the consumer’s part)
2. Avoiding foreseeable harm’ (e.g. performing
affordability checks prior to application)
3. Supporting consumers in achieving their financial
objectives’ (e.g. providing a straightforward method
of cancelling a product should it be in the customer’s
interest to do so)
Governance is aligned with the cross
cutting rules of the consumer duty.
This included a process mapping
exercise ensuring complete coverage
of the legislation.
The Four
Outcomes
Product and services:
The actions required for this outcome will differ
depending on firm status as a manufacturer, co-
manufacturer, or distributor. Overall, it requires firms
to work to ensure the products and services they offer
are right for the end consumer and consider any
vulnerabilities their target market may have that can be
accounted for.
Price and value:
Firms should focus on the fair pricing of their products
and offering value for money. Firms should review
commission arrangements and for example, ensure they
do not encourage the sale of products that are not in the
consumer’s interest.
Consumer understanding:
The FCA feels the consumer is often placed at a
disadvantage due to a lack of knowledge about the
products or services a firm is selling, while the firm
has the greater understanding. This outcome serves to
make firms address this imbalance to allow consumers
to make informed decisions. This could take the form of
providing further information in an easily digestible and
accessible way when it is most relevant to the consumer.
Consumer support:
This outcome includes the numerous ways in which firms
act to communicate with consumers and provide their
services. There should be straightforward processes.
The key message from the FCA here being that it should
not be any more difficult to cancel, switch or complain
about a product than it is to purchase it initially.
As a part of Motorpoint’s
implementation plan for the consumer
duty, a full review of the customer
journey has taken place to ensure all
four outcomes are appropriately in
line with the legislation.
The working group worked with
the business to ensure that the
customer journey remains under
constant review and has a governance
structure in place that ensures
continued compliance with
the legislation.
Motorpoint has worked closely with
its product suppliers (lenders) for
regulated consumer products and
ensured that the findings from the
lenders in respect of the consumer
duty were included within our
customer journey governance.
Human rights
Motorpoint conducts business in an ethical manner and adheres to policies which support recognised human rights
principles. We continue to address the risks of modern slavery and human trafficking, with the Board debating and
adopting the annual Anti Slavery Statement and raising awareness of the risks across the business. We work with
our suppliers to protect workers from abuse or exploitation by communicating to them the terms of our Anti Slavery
Statement and request their adherence to our policy.
A statement of the Group’s compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 can be found
on the Group’s website at | www.motorpointplc.com
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202452
Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
We support the Task Force on Climate related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) and its recommendations. We are
making TCFD disclosures consistent with the 11 TCFD
recommendations, in line with our prior year commitments and
consideration of the all-sector guidance and the Guidance on
Metrics, Targets and Transition Plans. We fully comply with all
areas except the guidance on transition plans. Due to adverse
operating and marketing conditions in FY24, the transition
plan project was delayed. We plan to work with a third party
to develop a carbon transition plan in line with the transition
plan taskforce during the next financial year.
We recognise that climate change is the most serious
challenge to the global community, and we understand
we have a role to play in reducing greenhouse gas
emissions and striving for change in the industry. The
effects of a transitioning economy will directly affect the
motor industry throughout the value chain, evidenced by
Governance pillar
the UK Government’s commitment to the end of the sale
of conventional new petrol and diesel cars by 2035. We
are committed to continuously measuring and assessing
the impacts of climate risks and opportunities across our
operations, physical locations and supply chains.
Board of Directors
Ultimately responsible for the oversight of climate related risks and opportunities, with escalation via the
Group Risk and Compliance Committee
CFO is climate related risk owner
Environmental, Social
and Governance (ESG)
Committee
Assessing the Groups
environmental sustainability
strategy, including
oversight of metrics and
targets supporting carbon
reduction ambitions
Working groups
Cross functional working
groups support ESG
Committee on topical
issues, for example the
development of an electric
vehicle (EV) strategy
Delegates responsibility to
committees
Escalation to Board via Risk
and Compliance and ESG
Committee
Risk and Compliance
Committee
Delegated responsibility
for identification,
management and
assessment of Group risks
Finance
Finance team supports CFO
who is climate related risk
owner, including ensuring
controls and procedures are
established to oversee climate
related risks and opportunities
Audit Committee
Twice yearly overview
of the risks facing the
organisation, including
climate change risk
Site managers
Oversight of environmental
data and their relative
performance against
targets
Management monitor, manage and oversee climate related risks and opportunities producing
management information for committees
53Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
a) Describe the Board’s oversight of climate related risks and opportunities
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for the oversight of our climate related risks and opportunities
impacting the Group. This includes Motorpoint and Auction4Cars.com. All areas of the business have been
considered in the assessment of climate related risks and opportunities.
The Board of Directors met nine times in FY24. The climate related areas considered by the Board in the year are
summarised in the table below.
Climate related risk register
CFO, Chris Morgan, owns climate related risk register
Oversight of climate risks and opportunities through escalation via the Risk and
Compliance Committee
Review and approval of annual
budgets, longer term financial
and strategic planning
Climate related matters are considered in strategic business decisions, including
considering trade offs associated with risks and opportunities. This includes
capital investments, for example in electric charging infrastructure
Derby flooding
Review and approval of the business interruption insurance claim including
impact of flood on business activities, estimated losses and results of insurance
claim and future insurance availability. Assessment made over other potential
store vulnerabilities in respect of flooding alongside rollout of revised emergency
response plans at all locations
Metrics and targets
Review and approval of final metrics for Scope 1 and 2, and business
travel for inclusion in annual reporting as the metric linked to executive
remuneration bonus
Review and approval for other ESG metrics, including Scope 3 reporting
The Board is supported by three committees who have delegated responsibility over various aspects of governing the
Groups climate related risks and opportunities.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee provides twice yearly overviews of the risks facing the organisation, including climate change.
The Audit Committee reviewed the FY24 TCFD disclosure. The Audit Committee has reviewed the work performed
by the Group in respect of ESG matters and the oversight provided from the internal and Plc ESG Committees.
Executive Risk and Compliance Committee (Risk Committee)
The Risk Committee has delegated responsibility for the identification, management and assessment of the Groups
climate related risks and opportunities. This is supported by quarterly reviews of the Groups emerging risks, and
twice yearly reviews of the principal risks. Please see the risk management pillar for further information on the risk
management process. Climate change is included as a principal risk.
Environmental, Social and Governance Committee (ESG Committee)
The ESG Committee is responsible for assessing the Groups environmental sustainability strategy. The relevant areas
considered by the Committee are set out in the governance pillar table.
Metrics and targets
Oversight of carbon emissions including Scope 1, 2 and 3
Review of strategy for future assurance of Scope 1 and 2 carbon data
In the next financial year, create a credible transition plan supported by targets
to ensure the Group can track its progress to meet the UK Government’s net
zero commitment. The ESG Committee will oversee execution of the transition
plan, including review of regular status reports and progress towards climate
related targets
Skills and resources
Review of internal and external capacity and/or skills to deliver ESG strategy
Remuneration Committee
In FY24, the Remuneration Committee established an executive management remuneration linked to climate
related considerations. The Committee will monitor the performance and remuneration outcomes. The target for
executive management is linked to an intensity emission reduction for Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions against the
previous year.
Skills and competencies
The Board has sufficient expertise and experience in climate change to oversee the governing of climate related risks
and opportunities. The Chair of the ESG Committee has sufficient experience in ESG and climate change.
All new Directors have a balanced induction and skills review including experience in ESG and climate change.
Governance pillar continued
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202454
The Non Executive Director and
Chair of the ESG Committee shares
experience with other Directors
and management.
b) Describe managements
role in assessing and
managing climate related risks
and opportunities
Management’s role is to ensure
that the day to day management
of climate related risks and
opportunities are delivered alongside
the overarching Group strategy.
In the financial year, the Head of
Sustainability left the business.
The CFO has ownership of the
sustainability strategy and climate
related risk register. The CFO is
supported by the finance function
and external consultants to measure
and report on GHG emissions,
including Scope 3 emissions.
Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
continued
The finance function is also
responsible for understanding the
financial impact of the Groups climate
related risks and opportunities.
Detailed analysis has been performed
to understand the financial impact
from the Derby flooding.
Store, preparation centre and Head
Office managers have increased
oversight of environmental data and
their relative performance against
targets. Data analytics software data
shows heat maps of energy usage to
support energy reduction actions.
We launched a league table for
stores to compare energy, water
and waste data across all stores.
Managers have indirect performance
targets through energy reduction and
the impact on site profitability.
All the Groups functions are
responsible for implementing risk
management practices as defined
in the risk management framework,
including in relation to climate
related risks and opportunities.
The CFO owns the risk register
and is supported by functional
management to implement
mitigation strategies. For example,
operations have supported with
the development of emergency
response plans. Management
reports into the Risk Committee.
Multidisciplinary working groups
support and report into the ESG
Committee with the implementation
of the ESG strategy. Previous
working groups have supported with
the rollout of EV technical training.
We are establishing a working group
to support the carbon reduction
plan, who will have accountability
for the execution of the plan.
Our climate change strategy is
underpinned by our desire to reduce
the carbon we produce significantly.
In addition, we ensure climate
related risks are managed within
our risk appetite and opportunities
are identified and maximised.
Our commitment to ESG,
particularly climate related issues,
is a key consideration in all decisions
made at Motorpoint.
a) Describe the climate related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium, and
long term
The risk management pillar
explains the process undertaken
to identify climate related risks
and opportunities.
The climate related risks and
opportunities have been identified
across short, medium and long term
time horizons. We have revised the
time horizons compared to last
year’s TCFD report due to changes
in the UK regulatory landscape,
for example the zero emission
vehicle mandate.
Short term
Next three years
(2027)
The short term period impacts our immediate business strategy and
financial planning
Medium term
2027 to 2035 The medium term period covers our medium term strategy including targets
for the 2030 estate. We expect there to be a significant adoption of electric
vehicles (EVs) over this period due to the zero emission vehicle mandate
Long term
Beyond 2035 The long term period includes our longer term carbon reduction target date.
As we offer nearly new cars, a significant amount of our sales will be from EV
beyond 2035
Strategy pillar
Governance pillar continued
The risk and opportunity tables describe the climate related risks and opportunities identified over the short, medium
and long term. Section c) of the strategy pillar explains the climate scenarios we have considered to determine which
risks and opportunities could have a financial impact across the timelines. Motorpoint operates in one sector and is a
UK based business. The risk identification considers all areas of the business.
Risk grading is consistent with the wider Group. The minimum risk recognition limit for a low risk is greater than 0% chance
of crystallisation and a 2% of greater impact on key financial targets specific to the risk. The risk dynamic risk scoring
considers likelihood and impact before mitigations. The climate scenario analysis has been presented using two scenarios:
Net zero emissions by 2050 (NZE): A below 2°C scenario
Stated policies scenario (STEPS): Warming above 2°C expected
As shown on the table on page 58, we have modelled a range of Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) to
understand our exposure to physical climate risks, including RCP 2.6, 4.5 and 6.0.
55Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Risk Risk area
Climate scenario
with greatest
impact Risk description
Dynamic risk scoring
Short Medium Long
Transition
Policy and
legal
NZE Risk of increased taxation as the
government aims to meet its own
climate change commitments.
Key areas relating to Motorpoint include:
Increased taxes for energy
Vehicle fuel taxes
EV mandates
Overall ‘carbon tax’
This may impact operational costs through
carbon and energy taxes.
Risk is greatest in the short term due to political
landscape and policy gap to meet UK net
zero targets.
Technology
and market
risks
NZE Increased costs from increased demand of
energy usage at sites due to charging of EVs
and offering charging services to customers.
Electricity costs may increase if reliant on the
national grid due to taxes or resource shortages.
Sales in the short term are expected to have a
larger proportion of internal combustion engine
vehicles. Risk increases in medium to long term
as EV offering increases.
Technology
and market
risks
NZE We currently offset our operational carbon
emissions. There may be increased costs for
carbon offsetting. We may not be able to reach
net zero without offsetting due to certain Scope
3 categories (emissions from vehicles sold
or logistics).
Scenario analysis into the UK carbon market
suggests the price of carbon may increase in
the medium to long term.
Reputational
risks
NZE Customers or other stakeholders lose
confidence in the brand as Motorpoint does
not respond effectively or urgently to public
concerns over climate change. This could
impact our ability to attract and retain talent.
Risk is greatest in the short term as sales are
expected to have a larger proportion of internal
combustion engines. Risk decreases in the
medium to long term as we implement our
ESG strategy.
Key to risk scoring High Low Medium
Strategy pillar continued
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202456
Strategy pillar continued
Risk Risk area
Climate scenario
with greatest
impact Risk description
Dynamic risk scoring
Short Medium Long
Physical
risks
Acute
risks
STEPS Risk of action from climate action groups
disrupting the business due to operating in sector
perceived to be harmful (e.g. private vehicles).
Risk is greatest in the short term as sales are
expected to have a larger proportion of internal
combustion engines that may be of focus for
climate action groups.
All climate
scenarios
Extreme weather events could lead to site and
inventory damage. In the year, a flooding event
at Derby led to stock write off, damage
to infrastructure, closure of branch leading
to some loss of earnings, and increased
insurance premiums.
Extreme weather events could impact sales or
inventory in all time horizons.
All climate
scenarios
Extreme weather events could cause significant
supply chain disruption affecting Motorpoint’s
ability to move cars quickly and efficiently. We
would expect this to impact logistics providers.
Extreme weather events could impact suppliers
across all time horizons.
STEPS Extreme weather events could increase
competition for land use, affecting Motorpoint’s
ability to expand to new sites. There may be
additional due diligence costs, flood mitigation
costs and premiums on land deemed to be
lower risk.
We expect this risk to increase over time
because of availability of insurance and
increased flood risk, evidenced through climate
scenario analysis.
Chronic
risk
All climate
scenarios
Material rise in sea levels leading to changed UK
landscape; site relocation and/or supply chain
alterations is required.
Climate scenario analysis suggested material
rise in sea levels will occur over the longer term.
Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
continued
Key to risk scoring High Low Medium
57Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategy pillar continued
Four risks included in our FY23 disclosure no longer meet minimum risk thresholds for a low risk. We will continue to
monitor the risks through horizon scanning, as explained in the risk management disclosure on page 60.
Risk description Rationale
Policy changes deter the need for private
vehicle ownership
The Government has made limited investments into viable alternatives
to car ownership (e.g. High Speed 2)
Not meeting increased demand for
electric and alternate fuelled vehicles
leading to loss of market share
We have classified this as an opportunity as we have a diversified
car acquisition strategy and invested into training for technicians to
service EVs
Customer finance availability is limited
because alternative fuel cars are more
expensive than traditional petrol/diesel
cars in relation to earnings and lenders are
not confident over battery degradation
Relative cost of EVs is reducing compared to combustion engine
vehicles. The finance terms for nearly new vehicles are within
manufacturer warranty
Failure to attract and retain investors
due to poor ESG or climate change
performance
We have classified this as an opportunity under the brand area. We
will continue to monitor changing expectations for sustainability and
climate change performance
Opportunities
Area Opportunity Time horizon Relative impact
Competition
and market
To take market share by being a leader on zero emission vehicles achieved
through a diversified product acquisition strategy and investment in
green skills for our employees. There are additional opportunities for
offering products or services to support customers with electric vehicles
(e.g. home charging units)
Medium
term
Medium
Supply chain
Opportunity to maximise sustainable supply chain, leading to reductions
in energy and carbon use. For example, in FY24 we moved to a new
logistics provider. We are already benefiting from a more efficient logistics
fleet and expect further improvements from developments in heavy
goods vehicle (HGV) fleet
Medium
term
Medium
Brand
Reputation advantage for being a sustainable company and achieving
ESG strategy. This could be through lower interest rates from
sustainability linked loans, or increased sales as Motorpoint is perceived
as a more sustainable company than peers
Medium
term
Low
Locations
Increased opportunity to have more sustainable footprint through investments
in renewable energy generation, and energy efficiency measures
Long
term
Medium
b) Describe the impact of climate related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s business,
strategy, and financial planning
During the year, we undertook an exercise as part of our financial planning to assess future cash flows across multiple
climate scenarios. The assessment ensures climate related risks have been incorporated into the assessment of
impairment reviews.
The findings from this work are included in section C of the strategy pillar. There is no significant risk of impairment to
our future operating model assets or any short term risk identified indicating a possible impairment over assets. There
are no current impacts on access to capital, investment into research and development or direct impacts within our
climate change due to climate related matters.
Our strategy is to improve the energy efficiency of our estate as we offer lower emission vehicles to customers. This
year we established a league table for our stores across environmental metrics to drive internal competition. We
currently purchase renewable energy through renewable energy guarantee of origin but in the longer term, we plan
to look at the most optimal way of achieving net zero over Scope 1 and 2 emissions in our transition plans. One option
would be to invest in our own renewable energy production.
Our Derby store was impacted by a flooding event in the year. There was an exceptional write off of £6.0m relating
to insured assets held at the Derby store, with £5.6m recovered through insurance proceeds. Insurance premiums
have increased, albeit not materially, as a result of the flooding event. In addition, a number of actions are in place to
limit exposure to any future events in the Derby store. We have developed emergency response plans for all stores,
including detailed flood recovery plans for potentially affected stores. Increased insurance costs are modelled in our
scenario analysis.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202458
c) Describe the resilience of the organisations strategy, taking into consideration different climate
related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario
Approach to scenario analysis
We have considered different climate related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario to assess our resilience of
our strategy. We have used a combination of data sources to make this assessment including the International Energy
Agency (IEA) scenarios’ net zero emissions by 2050 and stated policies.
We have used our target operating model for 2030 which assumes medium term growth goals and an increase
in footprint.
Net zero emissions by 2050 (NZE) Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS)
Description of scenario
A scenario which sets out a pathway for the global
energy sector to achieve net zero CO
2
emissions
by 2050.
This scenario could be achieved through an early
action or late action pathway.
There will be policy and market changes to
restrict global emissions. Early action assumes
early adoption of policy interventions. Late action
assumes a more extreme reduction pathway into
the 2030s.
The IPCC Sixth Assessment Report on Mitigation
of Climate Change, released in April 2022,
assessed many scenarios that led to at least a
50% chance of limiting the temperature rise to
1.5°C in 2100. The NZE Scenario trajectory is well
within the envelope of these scenarios. IEA (2022),
Global Energy and Climate Model, IEA, Paris
https://www.iea.org/ reports/global-energy-and-
climate-model, License: CC BY 4.0.
This climate impact scenario, current policy settings based
on a sector by sector and country by country assessment
of the specific policies that are in place lead to a world
with increasing physical climate change impacts owing to
warming increases beyond 2°C.
There may be no additional action by governments,
leading to significant physical climate risks.
Data sources used
The IEA World Energy Outlook for Net Zero Emission by 2050 (NZE) and Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) is
used for understanding energy transitions and electricity cost pathways.
We used the Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario for early action, late action and no additional action
scenarios. We have modelled the impact of carbon price ranging from 28 USD to 301 USD. A limitation of this
data set is that is not updated annually.
Climate Impact Explorer is used for physical climate risks. We focused on flood risk through land fraction
annually exposed to river floods and surface run off. We have considered a range of RCPs, including RCP 2.6,
4.5 and 6.0. The financial impact has been modelled by assuming an increase in insurance cost, based on
experience drawn from the Derby flood event and results of the scenario analysis.
We used Climate Central for considering the risk from sea level rise. The data used for the analysis considered
Current Trajectory Scenario’ (SSP3-7.0) and ‘Deep and Rapid Cuts’ (SSP1-2.6).
Risks modelled
We have modelled the following risks or opportunities across all scenarios:
Increase sales of EVs vehicles: projections from the Net Zero Emission mandate and age profile of
our vehicles
Policy changes for a carbon price on all Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions: using carbon price and a
modelled carbon reduction pathway and voluntary offsetting for residual Scope 3 emissions from Internal
Combustion Engine Vehicles (ICE)
Cost increases from electricity: using IEA projections for electricity cost increase
Failure to attract or retain investors: Impact on reduced earning overall through WACC calculation
Physical climate risk increase insurance costs: Modelled increase in insurance costs
Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
continued
Strategy pillar continued
59Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategy pillar continued
Net zero emissions by 2050
(NZE)
There is a risk of increased taxation
or other policy mechanisms in the
UK as the Government aims to meet
its own climate change obligations.
We have assumed a universal carbon
price would be established for
Scope 1 and 2 emissions. There will
be increased costs in this scenario
as the carbon price is expected to
increase up to 301 USD per tonne
of carbon emissions. The costs are
not expected to be material to the
Group without mitigations. However,
we have met our target to reduce
our operational carbon emissions
by 10% a year based on our intensity
ratio. We have achieved this in
previous years through investment
in site based sustainability forums
and engagement with site managers
to reduce energy consumptions in
their respective locations.
We have also assumed that there
would be a requirement for all
sold vehicle emissions from ICE
vehicles to be offset or sold at
zero emissions. By 2035, a greater
proportion of our sales will be zero
emissions vehicles. However, this
proportion will likely be lower than
expected in previous years because
of delays in the adoption of EVs
through the ‘Net Zero Mandate. We
have therefore modelled the impact
of a carbon price impacting the ICE
vehicles sold as part of our Scope
3 footprint. We also factored in an
increased cost of electricity in line
with the modelled price increase in
the IEA NZE scenario for early action
and late action. The late action
scenario assumes carbon prices
will increase significantly by 2035.
We have mitigations in place to
reduce the risks from the increased
sales proportion for used EVs. For
example, we have a diversified EV
acquisition strategy. In addition,
there are improvements being made
to the efficiency of ICE vehicles by
manufacturers. In the longer term,
we expect substantially all vehicles
sold by 2039 to be zero emission
unless there is a change of strategy.
Motorpoint could expect greater
carbon costs and energy costs
under the scenario. This would
increase operating expenditure.
However, the model showed
the business would be resilient
enough to cope with the costs of
transition and energy costs. Our
own operating carbon emissions are
reducing through investment made
in energy efficiency measures and
more granular monitoring of site
level data.
There is a risk from physical damage
to stores and preparation centres
even in the net zero emission
scenario. In the medium term, there
is a lower exposure to increased
flood and sea level risk. However,
by 2050, at least three sites will
have an increased risk of flooding.
In this scenario, we have assumed
an increase in insurance costs. We
have developed business continuity
plans for higher risk sites and can
divert sales to nearby sites if there is
a short term flooding event.
Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS)
Under this scenario, Motorpoint
will experience lower transition
risks in the short and medium term.
Offsetting costs would likely be
due to voluntary action rather than
a mandatory carbon tax. There
is a lower carbon price expected
in this scenario. Electricity costs
are expected to increase, but to
a lesser extent compared to NZE.
The Government targets for sales
of new zero emission vehicles
may be missed. This would reduce
availability of NZE vehicles,
increasing our Scope 3 emissions
from vehicles sold. Overall, the costs
from energy and carbon would be
lower in this scenario.
We expect there to be greater
physical risks to stores and our
supply chain. Our modelling in
this scenario still assumes that
Motorpoint can continue to
operate. Climate scenarios may
not incorporate climate ‘tipping
points’ that could accelerate climate
impact and economic damage.
We will continue to review our
climate scenarios for updates to
assumptions. The physical risks
are mitigated as Motorpoint is a
UK based business. However, there
could be impacts to the wider motor
vehicles sector under this scenario.
We have modelled flood risk and sea
level increase. In 2030, there is a
lower risk of flood risk, surface run off
and sea level increase. In 2050 and
RCP 6, 17 locations have an increased
risk of surface run off. These are
locations with a medium or high
exposure. This could increase the risk
of localised flooding. In response to
this risk, we have developed business
continuity plans considering local site
knowledge. Three sites are at higher
risk of sea level rise by 2050. This is a
longer term risk and we will continue
to monitor our estate portfolio
and assess new site locations for
exposure to physical risks.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202460
Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
continued
During the year, the Board has
discussed climate change related
matters. Risks and opportunities
have been identified from the effects
of transitioning to a lower carbon
economy and because of physical
climate risks. The risks have been
through a process of review from
both the Group Risk and Compliance
Committee (Risk Committee), and
the Audit Committee.
a) Describe the organisation’s
processes for identifying and
assessing climate related risks.
Our approach to risk management
is summarised on page 66. Climate
related risks are identified and
assessed using this process to
determine the relative significance
against other risks. Climate related
risks are identified through scanning
the external environment and the
Group strategy. This includes horizon
scanning for existing and emerging
regulation and reviewing UK climate
change studies, for example the ‘UK
Government Climate Risk Assessment’.
The ongoing management of climate
risks is performed through the
quarterly review of the Groups risks
in the Risk Committee. Climate risks
are within the scope of the Group’s
emerging risk process which feeds
from function level risk management
and considers Group strategy. The
assessment of climate risk is informed
by the ESG Committee, who also meet
quarterly. The involvement of the ESG
Committee ensures there is sufficient
skills and experience to identify and
assess climate related risks.
A separate climate risk register
is maintained. We reviewed the
risk register as part of the annual
TCFD process, with impact ratings
reassessed because of the scenario
analysis performed. We have
increased the impact of the physical
risk of climate change leading to
damage to branches due to the
impact of flooding in the year.
All climate related risks and
opportunities are mapped to
principal risks within the climate risk
register. We have also included risks
that are no longer considered or are
emerging risks within the register.
b) Describe the organisation’s
processes for managing
climate related risks.
Motorpoint responds to risks through
planning future actions based on the
current risk assessment and the target
risk level, in line with risk appetite.
The ESG Committee meets quarterly
and oversees the ESG strategy.
This includes ensuring Motorpoint
achieves carbon reduction targets
and wider environmental goals. This
is supported by the finance function
who is responsible for monitoring data,
supported by external consultants.
Ongoing management of risks
is performed in line with our risk
management framework. Where
assessed to be above minimum risk
recognition limits for a low rated
risk (greater than 0% chance of
crystallisation in the time horizon
considered and 2% or greater impact
on key financial targets specific to
that risk) and outside of appetite,
steps are taken to agree mitigating
actions to bring the risk exposure to
within appetite. This also provides
a framework to prioritise climate
related risks.
All the climate related risks identified
in the register of climate risks are
related to the Group’s principal risks,
which have their own wider controls
and mitigating activities. As such,
the climate related risks include
mapping to the relevant principal
risk. Details on mitigating activities
for the Groups principal risks is
held within the principal risks and
uncertainties (PRUs) database.
This year, we identified climate
change as a principal risk. Flood risk
is also included in the Group risk
register. An action to respond to
the risk from flooding is to develop
emergency response plans for higher
risk sites. Both risks will be monitored
to review the development of risks
over time through tracking key risk
indicators. For flood risk, this includes
monitoring insurance premiums.
c) Describe how processes
for identifying, assessing,
and managing climate related
risks are integrated into the
organization’s overall risk
management.
Our process to identify, assess
and manage climate related risks
is fully integrated into the overall
risk management process. The
thresholds for minimum risk register
for the overall risk management is
up to three years. The climate risk
register considers short, medium
and long term time horizons.
Risk measurement and assessment
is defined in the risk management
framework and all of our climate
related risks were assessed in line
with the defined criteria for assessing
emerging risks to the business in the
risk management plan.
Our risk management framework
states that risks are managed on
an integrated basis throughout
our organisation and as such,
function level risk registers were
updated during the year to ensure
consideration of new and emerging
risks, including climate related risks,
where appropriate. There are clear
escalation routes in place from
the functional management to the
Risk Committee.
Risk management pillar
Metrics and targets
The Group has metrics and targets that facilitate the measurement of the impact on the environment.
a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate related risks and opportunities
in line with its strategy and risk management process.
The Group monitors metrics to assess the impact of climate related risks and opportunities. Some of the metrics are
internally monitored as part of the risk management process.
The ESG Committee monitors metrics and targets to provide oversight and governance. The finance function supports
the day to day management of the metrics and targets and to aid the financial review of climate risks. The metrics
have been mapped to our risks and/or opportunities because they help us understand our impact in areas of strategic
importance. The Executive Directors’ annual bonus has a 10% weighting to the reduction of Scope 1 and 2 emissions
against the previous year.
61Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Metrics and targets continued
Risk or opportunity Metric Use
Risk: Increased costs from increased demand
of energy usage at branches due to charging
of EVs and offering charging services
to customers
GHG emissions (CO
2
Scope
1 and 2) as disclosed in the
SECR statement
Key Performance Indicator and
disclosed as part of SECR
See page 41
Opportunity: Increased opportunity to
have more sustainable footprint through
investments in renewable energy generation,
and energy efficiency measures
Intensity Ratio as disclosed in the
SECR statement
Key Performance Indicator and
disclosed as part of SECR
See page 41
Risk: We may not be able to reach net zero
without offsetting due to certain Scope 3
categories (emissions from vehicles sold
or logistics)
Absolute Scope 3 emissions External reporting on Scope 3
emissions
See page 41
Risk: Extreme weather events could lead
to site and inventory damage
Insurance premiums Key risk indicator to monitor
the financial impact of extreme
weather events
Opportunity: To take market share by
being a leader on zero emission vehicles
achieved through a diversified product
acquisition strategy
Market share of nearly new zero
emission vehicles
Internal key performance indicator
to monitor climate related
opportunities supporting the low
carbon economy
The environmental metrics are included in our Environment report including waste management metrics.
In FY25, we will consider the metrics suggested as part of the International Sustainability Standards Board. We do not
currently use an internal carbon price.
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and
the related risks
The Scope 1, 2 and Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are included in the SECR disclosure on page 41.
The methodology used to calculate the greenhouse gas emissions is aligned to the GHG Protocol and
is included in the SECR disclosure.
We have not obtained limited assurance over our Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions but expect to do this in
the future to ISAE 3000 standard.
FY24 FY23* %
Total Scope 1 and 2, Business Travel (tCO
2
e) 2,786 3,216* -13.4%
Intensity ratio – Total Scopes 1 and 2,
Business Travel (tCO
2
e/Floor Area – sq ft) 0.00332 0.00387* -14.2%
* The FY23 SECR has been restated following data enhancement resulting in a more accurate split of total emissions.
Further details are included in the SECR disclosure.
We met the target to reduce emissions on an intensity basis of 10% a year. This was due to the success of our
business partnering activity, working with managers to find ways to reduce gas and electricity usage. Scope 3
emissions from business travel also reduced in the year.
We have reported on nine additional areas not in our SECR reported emissions that are relevant to our value chain.
FY24 FY23* %
Total Scope 3 370,071 465,975 -25.8%
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate related risks and opportunities
and performance against targets.
We have a target set to reduce our intensity ratio of total Scope 1 and 2 and business travel divided by the total floor
space of the business (tCO
2
e by sq ft) by 10% a year. This metric allows us to compare performance against previous
years if our estate increases. The target helps to manage the risk of increased costs from the demand of energy
usage at stores due to charging of EVs and offering charging services to customers. We will set a longer term target
as we aim to develop science based targets.
We have linked our carbon reduction target with executive pay, as described in our governance pillar disclosure.
We are working with an external consultant in FY25 to produce a carbon transition plan. This will include a longer
term carbon reduction target and a Scope 3 emissions reduction target.
We have not set a target for percentage of revenue from zero emission vehicles as this is driven by manufacturers’
sales and the vehicles available on the nearly new market.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202462
Financial review
Group financial
performance headlines
Revenue reduced to £1,086.6m
(FY23: £1,440.2m) reflecting the
shrinkage of the nearly new used car
market and economic headwinds.
Retail units sold fell from 57.3k in
FY23 to 52.6k, although we returned
to year on year growth in the final
quarter. Affordability became an
increasingly big issue for consumers,
and we prioritised stock mix with less
expensive vehicles. Consequently,
during FY24, we have relaxed our age
and mileage criteria to ensure that
we have the vehicles that customers
desire and can afford.
Gross profit was £73.1m (FY23:
£85.7m). Gross margin improved in
the year to 6.7% (FY23: 6.0%), largely
due to our focus on improving
metal margin, which includes using
data to determine optimum pricing
at a given time, as well as the
introduction of an administration
fee, which is now in line with much
of the market. Finance commission
per vehicle sold reduced, following
the fall in the average selling prices
and the impact of increased APRs.
Despite inflation, operating expenses
before exceptional items reduced by
8.0% to £72.9m (FY23: £79.2m), largely
reflecting a decrease in headcount
and lower marketing spend.
Net exceptional expense before
taxation of £2.2m (FY23: £Nil) largely
relates to costs following a one-off
restructuring review in the year with
the balance relating to the costs of
the previously announced Derby
flood and related insurance receipts.
Strong final quarter with
growth in retail units
sold, improved margins
and a subsequent
return to a profitability,
following a challenging
year influenced by
economic headwinds.
External headwinds
impacted profitability.
Business rightsized and
good cash generation
We have relaxed our age
and mileage criteria to
ensure that we have the
vehicles that customers
desire and can afford.
Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
63Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Retail customers Wholesale customers Total
FY24
£m
FY23
£m
FY24
£m
FY23
£m
FY24
£m
FY23
£m
Revenue 931.1 1,175.7 155.5 264.5 1,086.6 1,440.2
Gross profit 64.3 74.5 8.8 11.2 73.1 85.7
As a consequence of the
challenging external conditions,
loss before taxation and exceptional
items was £(8.2)m (FY23: £(0.3)m).
Despite the lower profitability, and as
management took decisive action,
net cash excluding lease liabilities,
improved to £9.2m at the year end
(FY23: £5.6m).
Trading performance
The Group has two key revenue
streams, being (i) vehicles sold to
retail customers via the Group’s
stores, call centre and digital
channels, and (ii) vehicles sold to
wholesale customers via the Groups
Auction4Cars.com website.
Retail
Revenue from retail customers
was down 20.8% to £931.1m (FY23:
£1,175.7m), with 52.6k (FY23: 57.3k)
vehicles sold (a fall of 8.2%). The
remainder of the revenue fall
reflected the lower price of vehicles
sold. The year on year trend
improved from a fall of 18.4% in the
first half, with growth of 8.9% in the
final quarter. Consumer demand has
picked up, and we have benefited
from the numerous enhancements
made to our digital presence during
the past year which, among other
things, is generating significantly
more website traffic. In the year,
32.4% of vehicles were sold online
and we continue to see around
two thirds of customers wanting
the store experience for their
vehicle purchase.
Gross margin of 6.9% was a good
improvement given the headwinds
experienced (FY23: 6.3%), with
the strengthening of metal margin
offsetting the impact of higher APRs
on finance commission. We have
seen a fall in attachment rates due
to the higher cost of finance.
Finance per vehicle sold therefore
decreased in the period, following
this increase in interest rates and
lower price points, reflecting mix and
deflation. Penetration was 46% (FY23:
56%). Our APR finance rates continue
to be competitive despite increasing
from 11.9% to 12.9% at the start of
October 2023.
We continue to develop our
customer proposition and have
added a new three year warranty
product which has been well
received by our customers and
has offset the removal of our asset
protection product following
FCA instruction to all insurers to
voluntarily withdraw the product.
Our 20th and newest store opened
in May 2023 in Ipswich. During the
year, we also disposed of the lease
for our unopened property in Milton
Keynes. This was a site we acquired
in FY23 but had not incurred any
material development costs.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202464
Wholesale
Wholesale revenue via
Auction4Cars.com, which sells
vehicles that have been part
exchanged by retail customers, or
directly purchased from consumers,
decreased by 41.2%. With the
relaxation of the retail age and
mileage criteria, the number of
vehicles sold through the wholesale
channel significantly decreased.
Around 25.4k vehicles were sold
via this purely online platform.
Gross margin of 5.7% (FY23: 4.2%)
improved from the previous year
with greater focus on reducing the
number of loss making vehicles sold
through this platform.
Operating expenses before
exceptional items
Our cost management remains
tightly controlled, with notable
savings achieved in people
costs following FY24’s rightsizing
programme and efficiencies resulting
from technology investment.
Operating expenses before
exceptional items decreased from
£79.2m in FY23 to £72.9m. Despite
the new store opened, overall full
time equivalent employees reduced
to 710 at year end from 789 at 1 April
2023, as we continually focused
on efficiency in stores, preparation
and Head Office, and rightsized
our headcount to reflect market
conditions. Energy rates (for the
property portfolio at the time) were
fixed for two years in September
2021, and we experienced an
increase in unit rates from October
2023, therefore. However, following
a focused approach to managing
usage, along with a milder winter,
meant we experienced a reduction of
15% in electric and gas consumption
compared to FY23 on a per square
footage basis. Property costs
increased by 9% and included the
opening of the Ipswich store in May
2023, and a full year effect of FY23
openings. Marketing costs decreased
from £14.0m to £10.0m as we target
a more focused approach, as well as
responding to the lower consumer
demand for much of FY24.
Other income before
exceptional items
Other income before exceptionals
of £1.3m (FY23: £0.3m) includes
business interruption insurance
proceeds in respect of the closure of
the Derby site following the flooding
in October 2023, and subsequent
reduced trading with the opening of
the temporary showroom.
Exceptional items
Net exceptional items before taxation
of £2.2m (FY23: £Nil) constituted
restructuring costs for various
redundancies associated with the
headcount rightsizing programme
(£1.1m), the write down of delivering
vehicles which are being disposed
for following the driver redundancies
associated with the above (£0.2m),
and cost relating to the disposal of
the Milton Keynes lease (£0.5m),
along with the net of assets written
off following the Derby flood not
covered by insurance.
On a gross basis, exceptional
operating expenses were £7.7m
(FY23: £Nil) which included the flood
damaged assets written off and the
restructuring costs. Exceptional
other income of £5.6m (FY23: £Nil)
included insurance receipts against
those written off assets.
Interest
The Groups finance expense was
£9.8m (FY23: £7.1m); the increase
reflects the sharp rise in cost of
borrowing, despite lower inventory.
Total interest charges on the stocking
facilities in the period were £7.1m
(FY23: £4.7m). Interest on lease
liabilities was £2.0m (FY23: £2.0m)
and on banking facilities £0.7m
(FY23: £0.4m).
Taxation
The tax credit (FY23: charge) in the
period is for the amount assessable
for UK corporation tax in the year
net of prior year adjustments and
deferred tax credits. The tax credit
was £2.0m (FY23: £0.3m charge),
reflecting the loss in the year.
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share
were both (9.3)p (FY23: both (0.7)p).
Dividends
No dividend was paid in the period
(FY23: £Nil) and the Board has not
recommended a dividend (FY23: £Nil).
Capital expenditure
and disposals
Cash capital expenditure reduced
to £2.6m (FY23: £9.4m) as the
business preserved cash and cut
discretionary spend, with additions
primarily relating to the new store in
Ipswich and the ongoing IT projects.
Balance sheet
Net assets decreased in the year
in line with the loss made. Working
capital was proactively managed,
in particular ensuring that stock
purchasing was fully maximised
through the funding facilities.
Non-current assets were £64.4m
(31 March 2023: £75.2m) made up
of £8.8m of property, plant and
equipment, £50.5m of right-of-use
assets, intangible assets of £3.7m
and a deferred tax asset of £1.4m (31
March 2023: £13.1m, £58.4m, £3.7m
and a deferred tax liability of £0.2m
respectively). The Group currently
owns one remaining freehold plot of
land in Glasgow, which is being held
for sale. All other properties are on
leases of various lengths.
The Group closed the period with
£102.4m of inventory, down from
£148.6m at 31 March 2023. Days In
Stock for the year reduced to 45
days (FY23: 51 days).
As at 31 March 2024, the Group had
£150.0m (31 March 2023: £195.0m)
of stocking finance facilities
available of which £74.5m (31
March 2023: £102.5m) was drawn.
The Group had available stocking
facilities with Black Horse Limited of
£75.0m, and £75.0m with Lombard
North Central Plc. During the year it
was agreed with Black Horse Limited
to reduce the amount available
to £75.0m, to reflect the unused
portion. In addition, the net asset
covenant test was reduced from
£30.0m to £20.0m.
The Group also has a £20.0m
(FY23: £35.0m) facility with
Santander UK Plc, split between
£6.0m available as an uncommitted
overdraft and £14.0m available as a
revolving credit facility. During the
period it was agreed with Santander
UK Plc to reduce the revolving credit
facility from £29.0m to £14.0m. The
overdraft remained the same. As
part of this negotiation the fixed
charge covenant test was reduced
from 1.25:1.00 cover to 1.00:1.00
until September 2025.
Financial review continued
65Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Trade and other receivables have
slightly increased to £19.2m (31
March 2023: £18.4m), due to the
timing of receipts over the year end,
which coincided this year with the
Easter Bank Holidays.
Trade and other payables, inclusive
of the stock financing facilities, have
reduced during the year to £107.1m
(31 March 2023: £143.8m) mainly as
a result of the reduction in stocking
facility utilisation, reflecting lower
inventory levels.
The decrease in total lease liabilities
to £57.0m (31 March 2023: £63.6m)
reflects the repayments made
during the period, and the removal
of the Milton Keynes lease.
Cash flow
Despite a loss for the year of
£(8.4)m (FY23: £(0.6)m) cash
increased by £3.6m. This included
the benefit of working capital
improvement and low capital
expenditure. Cash flow generated
from operations was £19.3m inflow
(FY23: £41.3m inflow) and therefore
remains strong.
Capital structure and treasury
The Groups objective when
managing working capital is to
ensure adequate working capital for
all operating activities and liquidity,
including comfortable headroom to
take advantage of opportunities, or
to weather short term downturns.
The Group also aims to operate an
efficient capital structure to achieve
its business plan.
In January 2024, we announced
our intention to commence a
share buyback programme of
approximately 5% of the ordinary
shares of the Company, and to
cancel these shares. Even after
taking into consideration the capital
required to fund organic growth,
the Company’s cash generation and
the strength of its balance sheet
has led the Board to conclude that
the programme is an attractive use
of the Company’s resources and
beneficial for all shareholders.
As at 31 March 2024, 190,001 shares
had been purchased and cancelled,
representing 3.8% of the planned
buyback programme. Accordingly,
the Company’s issued share capital
at year end comprised 89,999,884
ordinary shares (31 March 2023:
90,189,885).
The Groups long term funding
arrangements consist primarily of
the stocking finance facilities with
Black Horse Limited and Lombard
North Central Plc (to a maximum
of £150.0m) and an unsecured loan
facility provided by Santander UK
Plc, split between £6.0m available
as an uncommitted overdraft and
£14.0m available as a revolving
credit facility. During FY24, the
Group successfully extended
its terms on the unsecured loan
facility with Santander UK Plc. This
agreement now runs until June 2026
with the option to extend for two
further one year extensions if
agreed by both parties.
Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
13 June 2024
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202466
Risk management
Our approach to
risk management
We recognise that effective risk management is essential to ensuring
business resilience and maintaining our reputation. Effective risk
management ensures the long term success of the Group through
empowering decision making, aided by the risk assessment process.
We took strong action this year to implement significant, Group wide
emergency response planning activity as an enhancement to our
business continuity planning. We are committed to maintaining a strong
and effective risk management framework underpinned by our core
values: Happy, Honest, Supportive and Proud.
Approach to risk management
The Board as a whole is responsible
for maintaining a policy of
continuous identification and review
of the principal risks facing the
Group which could threaten its future
performance or business model.
On behalf of the Board, the Audit
Committee reviews the effectiveness
of Motorpoint’s risk management
processes. Motorpoint’s risk
management strategy is a high
priority for the Group, and is
underpinned by the Group Risk and
Compliance Committee which all risk
owners and subject matter experts
attend quarterly.
The Group Risk and Compliance
Committee has delegated
responsibility, from the Audit
Committee, for formally identifying
and assessing the Groups risks
annually, measuring them against
a defined set of criteria, and
considering the likelihood of
occurrence and potential impact
to the Group. The Group Risk and
Compliance Committee is formed
of the Executive Board, risk owning
Senior Leadership Team (SLT)
members and subject matter experts.
Plc Board
Risk appetite set by the Board
Overall responsibility for risk
management
Group Risk and
Compliance Committee
Delegated responsibility
for risk management
Functional management
Day to day risk management
Clear escalation routes in place
Audit
Committee
Reviews
effectiveness of
risk management
Group
strategy and
objectives
Principal
risk review
Emerging
risks
Climate
risk review
Finance OperationsIT People
Risk management
67Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Risk management plays an integral
part in the Groups planning,
decision making and management
processes. All team members have
a responsibility to ensure they
understand the risks in their area
of activity and that they implement
and operate effective controls to
manage the risks.
The Groups risk management
approach is summarised as follows:
1. Identify potential risks
through scanning the external
environment, as well as
internal processes and the
Group strategy.
2. Assess and assign a value to the
risk to allow it to be prioritised.
Assessing likelihood for gross
(before controls) and net (after
the effect of controls).
3. Respond through planning
future actions based on the
current risk assessment and the
target risk level (which will be
in line with risk appetite). Risks
can be transferred, terminated,
tolerated or treated.
4. Monitor the development of
risks over time through tracking
key risk indicators.
5. Report back to the SLT through
the Group Risk and Compliance
Committee to ensure risks
are being managed in line with
risk appetite.
The Groups risk profile is reported
to the Executive Board and Audit
Committee for review and challenge,
ahead of final review and approval
by the Board. These principal risks
are then subject to Board discussion
during the course of the year, as
appropriate. To drive continuous
improvement across the business,
the Group Risk and Compliance
Committee monitors the suitability
and adequacy of controls in place
and the ongoing status of action
plans against key risks quarterly,
with a particular focus for those risks
considered to be outside of
the Groups risk appetite.
Emerging risks
The Motorpoint Group Risk and
Compliance Committee assumes
responsibility for the identification
and assessment of Motorpoint’s
emerging risks. Our strategy for
emerging risks is as follows:
Identification
The following activities are completed
to identify potential emerging risks:
Horizon scanning – including
the review of construction
and distribution media and
attendance at industry forums by
management, including members
of the Group Risk and Compliance
Committee. Findings and key
messages are discussed as part of
the agenda of the Group Risk and
Compliance Committee
External insights – using specialist
third parties to identify new and
changing risks such as upcoming
changes to regulation
Management meetings – regular
Head of Internal Audit and
Risk attendance at operational
management meetings to discuss
potential new risks. This is further
supported through business
performance reviews conducted
by the CEO and CFO to identify
risks potentially materialising in
business performance
Assessment and reporting
Once identified, emerging risks are
assessed as follows:
Identify and map out the core
elements of the emerging risk,
including ownership
Hold workshops with risk
owners to assess the level
of the potential risk
Identify potential mitigating actions
Report on emerging risks
to the Audit Committee
REPORT
Group risk register
review by Risk
and Compliance
Committee
Identify
mitigating
activities/
controls
ASSESS
Assess
net risk
RESPOND
Plan future
actions
(if outside
risk appetite)
Document in
risk register
IDENTIFY
Identify risk
ASSESS
Assess
gross risk
REPORT
Functional risk
register reviewed
by risk owner
(SLT member)
MONITOR
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202468
Risk management continued
Risk and impact Commentary
Dynamic risk
assessment
1. Motorpoint does not adapt
effectively to infrastructure
requirements for increased
demand for zero emission
vehicles (and other climate
related transition emergent risks)
Previous mitigating actions taken include upskilling our
technicians to be able to safely prepare electric vehicles
as well as implementing charging infrastructure in our
preparation locations. As such, we feel necessary steps have
already been taken to handle increased demand for zero
emission vehicles
Decreasing
2. Motorpoint does not adapt to
new technologies surrounding
autonomous vehicle driving
Currently, the technology does not indicate a change to the
ownership or change in the use case for private vehicles in
the UK. As noted in the first emerging risk, we have a highly
adaptable business model and would consider a range of
mitigations should this risk increase in likelihood
Decreasing
3. New or existing suppliers choose
to sell used vehicles directly to
end users
We recognise that the barriers of entry to the market for
some of the largest suppliers are lower than a start up entity.
However, we are confident that our market share would
continue to grow by continuing to be first for Choice, Value,
Service and Quality for our customers
Stable
4. An industry disrupter could find a
way to sell a used car from person
A to person B without taking
ownership i.e. a connection charge/
agent mechanism
We are confident that by continuing to invest in our brand
and offering the best Choice, Value, Service and Quality for
our customers that we would remain a trusted retailer for
used cars
Stable
How the Board manages risk
The Board and each of its delegated
committees operate to a prescribed
meeting agenda to ensure that all
relevant risks are identified and
addressed as appropriate.
Key management information is
reviewed to prescribe operating
controls and performance
monitoring against the Company’s
strategy and business plans.
The Directors have particular
responsibility for monitoring the
financial and operating performance,
to ensure that progress is being made
towards our agreed goals. The Board’s
responsibilities also include assessing
the effectiveness of internal controls
and the management of risk.
The Board’s annual review
of the effectiveness of
risk management and
internal controls
During the year, the Board considered
all strategic matters, received key
performance information on operating,
financial and compliance matters and
reviewed the results of corresponding
controls and risk management.
The Board received from the Audit
Committee and the Executive’s Group
Risk and Compliance Committee
timely information and reports
on all relevant aspects of risk and
corresponding controls. We reviewed
all of our key Company policies and
ensured that all matters of internal
control received adequate Board
scrutiny and debate. At Board
meetings, and informally via the Chair,
all Directors had the opportunity to
raise matters of particular concern
to them. There were no unresolved
concerns in the year.
We concluded that appropriate
controls are in place and functioning
effectively. The Board considers
that the Groups systems provide
information which is adequate to
permit the identification of key risks to
its business and the proper assessment
and mitigation of those risks.
Based on the work of the Audit and
Risk and Compliance Committees,
the Board has performed a robust
assessment to ensure that: (i) the
principal and emerging risks and
uncertainties facing the Groups
business have been identified
and assessed and are aligned to
the Groups business strategies;
and (ii) appropriate mitigation is
in place. The Board also reviewed
the effectiveness of all financial,
operational and compliance
controls. The Board monitors
internal controls through reporting
from the Audit Committee and
the Executive Group Risks and
Compliance Committee. Controls
were deemed to be effective in
the year.
Emerging risks for Motorpoint
69Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Principal risks and uncertainties
Details of our principal risks and
uncertainties are shown on the
following pages. This includes
details of mitigating actions and
control activities in place to address
them. It is recognised that the Group
is exposed to risks wider than those
listed. We disclose those we believe
are likely to have the greatest impact
on our business at this moment in
time and which have been subject
to debate at recent Board or Audit
Committee meetings.
Changes to principal risks
During FY24, the Group Risk and
Compliance Committee and the
Board continued with its role of
managing the Group principal risks
and where outside of appetite, setting
out and monitoring mitigations to
bring the risks within appetite.
There were no new emerging risks
confirmed by the Board and the Group
Risk and Compliance Committee. One
emergent risk previously identified
around the threat of a subscription
model was excluded in the year
as it is no longer considered an
emergent threat to the business, with
subscription models being increasingly
scarce following exit of key players
in this industry trend. In respect of
principal risks, the Board has elected
for the first time to include a summary
Climate Change as a principal risk that
faces the Company, following detailed
risk assessment work carried out in
the year, more of which can be read
around in our TCFD disclosures on
pages 52 to 61.
First line
Operational and
management controls
Third line
Internal
audit
Second line
Risk and compliance
monitoring
Fourth line
External
assurance
Site management
with appropriate
team structure
and dedicated
leadership team
reporting line
Visible, championed
values and expected
behaviours
Application of
Company policies
and procedures
Employee induction,
training and
ongoing support
Executive and
leadership team
oversight
Open culture
of challenge to
existing processes
and whistleblowing
hotline
The work of internal
audit, testing first
and second lines of
defence
Compliance and Data
Protection Officers
Operational audit
activity
Risk management
framework
External specialists
engaged to
monitor and report
on compliance
operations
The work of
independent
external assurance
providers
The Group operates a four lines of defence model across its internal controls, these are summarised as follows:
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202470
Viability statement
Scenario Outcome
Base case
Based upon the Groups most recent approved forecasts.
The base model assumes a recovery of profitability and unit volumes in FY25, based on
current run rates of year on year unit volume growth, and a prudent estimate based on
growth in the used car market. Thereafter, modest growth is applied as the business
resumes its strategic goal of taking more market share.
The Group is not in breach of any financial
covenants and is not in a drawdown position
on the revolving credit facility at the end of
the viability period. The Group is able to meet
all forecast obligations as they fall due.
Plausible downturn
Top down stress testing was applied to the base case model, taking into account a
plausible downturn in business performance, relative to possible economic pressure
and stagnation in the growth of the used car market.
This included volume and margin pressure, reducing revenue by 15% and an overall
gross profit reduction compared to the base case of 21%. Fixed costs were inflated in
this scenario by three percent in each year.
The Group is not in breach of any financial
covenants and is not in a drawdown position
on the revolving credit facility at the end of
the viability period. The Group is able to meet
all forecast obligations as they fall due.
Reverse stress test
A scenario created to model the circumstances required to breach the Groups banking
covenants within the viability period.
The Board considered the potential impacts in preparing the stress test. The below
scenario was analysed:
Reducing revenue 32% decrease from the base case and decreasing gross profit overall by
38% through additional margin pressure.
This scenario is designed to result in a covenant
breach within the assessed viability period.
Management believes that the combination
of severe downsides to be remote, and that
there are numerous mitigating factors over and
above those built into the reverse stress test
modelling which the Board would consider to
avoid a covenant breach.
The Directors have assessed the
prospects of the Group by assessing
its current financial position, recent
and historical financial performance
and forecasts, business model and
strategy (pages 8 to 32), and the
principal risks and uncertainties set
out on pages 72 to 77. In addition,
the Directors regularly review
the long term prospects of the
Group, requirement for headroom
on its stocking and banking
facilities and its long term lease
liability commitments.
Assessment period:
The nearly new and used vehicle retail
industry is inherently fast paced and
competitive. However, a variety of risk
horizons are relevant. Matters relating
to ESG and climate risks are assessed
over a range of short, medium and
long term periods as disclosed in our
TCFD section on pages 52 to 61. In
addition, the Directors consider the
long term financing arrangements
of the Group, particularly in respect
of leased premises which carry a
weighted average remaining term of
nine years.
In accordance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code 2018, the Board has
assessed the prospects of the Group
over a period in excess of 12 months
from the date of signing the Group
financial statements as required by
the ‘Going Concern’ provision. The
Directors have assessed the viability
of the Group over a three year
period, as they believe this strikes
an appropriate balance between
the different risk horizons over the
short, medium and long term which
are used in the business and is a
reasonable period for considering the
Groups viability.
The Group has managed its net debt
comfortably, with the revolving credit
facility (RCF) undrawn at the year
end. Total headroom, including the
stocking facilities, undrawn facilities
and available cash, was in excess of
£100m at the year end. During the
year the Company renegotiated the
terms of both its revolving credit
facility, and stocking facilities,
reducing available headroom from
£29.0m and £195.0m to £14.0m and
£150.0m respectively.
The renegotiation secured improved
terms for the Groups financial
covenants, following the challenging
economic circumstances experienced
in FY24, and reflected the Groups
current lower financing requirements.
The Board considers that the available
headroom, coupled with the cash
generative nature of the business and
the available cash levers provide a
strong degree of financial resilience
and flexibility.
Scenarios:
In making their assessment
the Directors considered the
Groups current balance sheet
and operational cash flows,
the availability of facilities, and
stress testing of the key trading
assumptions within the Groups plan.
A range of scenarios have been
assessed by the Directors, including
various possible downside scenarios
against the base case. The Directors
opted to model a specific scenario
designed to create the conditions
required to breach covenants within
the viability period as well as a
plausible downturn on the base case.
71Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Conclusions over viability:
The selection of the assumptions
or the sensitised case is inherently
subjective, and whilst the Board
considered these assumptions to
reflect a downside scenario, the
future impact of economic downturn,
interest rate rises or inflating overhead
costs is impossible to predict with
absolute accuracy.
Whilst the same applies to the
reverse stress test, we note that this
scenario is specifically designed
to demonstrate the point at which
the covenants breach during
the viability period. The reverse
stress test reflects, in the Board’s
opinion, a remote circumstance and
numerous mitigating factors could
be implemented to avoid a covenant
breach in this scenario.
Scenario modelling has been
considered throughout the year and at
year end by management to formulate
response options against moderate
or severe downturns in sales volumes,
potential margin pressures and
possible cost challenges.
The Groups available headroom
stands at £14.0m (FY23: £29.0m)
through its revolving credit facility
‘RCF’ agreement. The Group also has
an uncommitted overdraft facility of
£6.0m which remains in place and
was undrawn at the year end. Both
are until June 2026 with the option
to extend for two further one year
extensions if both parties are agreed.
The Groups finance arrangements will
be reviewed in the ordinary course
of business in 2026. With respect
to the Groups stocking facilities,
these have reduced from £195.0m to
£150.0m during the year which the
Board deem appropriate given current
market conditions.
The Directors took action in the year
to obtain covenant relief for its RCF
agreement and for one of its stocking
loans, reflecting a response to the
reduction in overall headroom against
covenants in FY24. The relief obtained
has been agreed until the end of
September 2025 for the RCF and an
indefinite relaxation was agreed on
the net assets covenant with Black
Horse Limited in relation to its stocking
loan facility. The specific details are
disclosed in the notes to the accounts
on pages 132 to 161.
In the eventuality of a period of
prolonged economic downturn
resulting in material reductions in
sales volume or prices, as well as
rising overhead costs, it is possible
that the Group would need to
negotiate changes to its current
banking covenants, but such an
extreme downturn is not currently
considered plausible.
The Group continues to consider
and monitor further potential
mitigation actions it could take to
strengthen its cash position and
reduce operating costs in the event
of a more severe downside scenario.
Such cost reduction and cash
preservation actions would include
but are not limited to: reducing
spend on specific variable cost lines
including marketing and store trading
expenses; team costs, most notably
sales commissions; pausing new
stock commitments; and reviewing
expansionary capital spend, dividends
and share buyback activity.
The Group has continued to
demonstrate a flexible approach
to trading and despite the ongoing
constriction in the supply of nearly
new vehicles, which is expected to
slowly ease, the Group has been able
to use its market position to access
more stock to satisfy customer
demand, both online and in store.
The Directors have also made use of
the post year end trading performance
to confirm that performance is in line
with expectation. Whilst only a short
period has passed since the year end,
this evidence suggests that this is
the case.
Based on this assessment, the Board
confirms that it has a reasonable
expectation that the Group will be able
to continue in operation and meet
its liabilities as they fall due over the
period to 31 March 2027.
The Board has determined that the
three year period constitutes an
appropriate period over which to
provide its Viability Statement. This is
the period detailed in our base case
model which we approve each year
as part of the strategic review. Whilst
the Board has no reason to believe the
Group will not be viable over a longer
period, given the inherent uncertainty
involved we believe this presents
users of the Annual Report and
Accounts with a reasonable degree
of confidence while still providing a
medium term perspective.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202472
Principal risks and uncertainties
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY24
Competition, market and customers
The UK vehicle market is highly
competitive, and customers
have a broad choice of retailers,
some of which offer comparable
products. The market continues to
see consolidation and innovation,
through which our competitors
have progressed their propositions.
Concurrently, customer
expectations and buying
patterns are evolving, with the
traditional research and purchase
channels becoming ever more
influenced by digital media, peer
recommendations and convenience.
Failing to stay ahead of the market
or to adapt to changing customer
behaviours faster than the
competition could undermine our
ability to meet our objectives and
adversely impact profitability.
Continue to offer an omnichannel proposition
Continue to compete via our business model’s
consistent focus on Choice, Value, Service and
Quality; each of these cornerstones is built
into the business operation and reporting.
For example, customer satisfaction ratings
are used in the calculation of all bonuses or
commissions across the business
Continued Investment in bringing brand
marketing, digital engineering, data insight
capability in-house to raise awareness of
Motorpoint and meet customer needs,
including with respect to EVs and climate
change related data, such as emissions
produced by cars that are sold
Investment in supply chain capacity and capability,
and delivery of productivity improvements to
enable us to compete effectively and allocate
resource to growth driving activity.
Commission regular customer insight reports
to track performance against the market,
competitors, and other key indicators
Targeted sales campaigns
despite cost pressure restricting
investment levels to lower levels
in FY24 than in FY23
Numerous improvements
to website to highlight the
attractiveness of Motorpoint
vehicles and brand
Increased brand awareness
through a renewed nationwide
TV advert campaign
Brand and reputation
In order to maintain our position
as the UK’s leading omnichannel
used vehicle retailer we must
continue to invest in engaging
brand and digital marketing
campaigns, as well as innovating
the website experience, to ensure
that Motorpoint is the primary
destination for existing and new
customers when starting their next
vehicle purchase journey.
Understanding the motivations
and needs of our current and
future customers is paramount.
We recognise and welcome the
fact that customers are looking
for a trusted brand when buying
a used car. Ensuring we can
communicate at scale our industry
leading proposition is vital to
protect and position.
Well documented challenges
around vehicle supply, finance
and the transition to EVs mean we
have to maintain an active dialogue
on these subjects to inform and
reassure our customers and when
appropriate, enable customers to
delve deeper either via our website
or social channels.
With reputation taking years to
build but potentially days to lose
we recognise that we are always
at risk of unwanted traditional and
social media scrutiny which can
negatively impact our reputation.
We continue to offer an omnichannel
proposition that we believe unmatched on
price, quality, value and service
Motorpoint continued to invest in its in-house
digital marketing capabilities rather than rely
on an agency model. This improved capability
has delivered tangible results with improved
campaign performance and ROI but also
medium term strategic opportunities
Further distinctive website
creative and functionality
mean we can more effectively
communicate our core value
propositions of Choice, Value,
Service and Quality
Customer satisfaction, measured
using the NPS system, sits at
the heart of our operations and
is subject to regular scrutiny
across all levels of the business
We closely monitor customer
perceptions using both
qualitative and quantitative
feedback and respond quickly
where possible
We recognise the importance of
regularly assessing and testing
the resilience of our internal
and external communication
protocols in the event of a
reputational PR’ incident.
This approach is continuously
under review and we are also
looking at ensuring we have
a robust business recovery
communication framework
in place
Dynamic risk assessment
Increasing Increasing Stable
73Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY24
Availability and terms of customer finance
Vehicle sales volumes rely on our
customers being able to access
affordable credit lines. As such, the
Company is exposed to the risk
of lending institutions reducing,
terminating, or materially altering
the terms and conditions on which
they are willing to offer consumer
credit to the Company’s customers.
Commission income generated
by the Company acting as a
regulated credit broker could be
impacted if either the number
of such arrangements reduces,
or the structure and amount of
commissions earned is altered.
Continue to drive for the best outcome for the
customer across our product range
Constantly monitor the market and
emerging trends
Work in conjunction with our partners to keep
our consumer credit offer relevant, competitive
and viable
Where possible reinvest in the quality of the
customer offer, preferring to build its appeal
rather than maximise our commission rates
Customer finance offering held
for a significant portion in the
year despite increases in the
cost of money
FCA Consumer Duty controls in
place working with partners to
ensure our products provide
the best possible outcome for
our customers
Supply chain disruption
Sales/profitability and customer
satisfaction could be impacted by
supply chain disruption or loss of
access to key suppliers.
Use of a broad spread of supply channels, within
each of which are longstanding relationships
Employment of an experienced buying team
which is responsible for maintaining an efficient
and effective supply chain
Able to utilise our buying criteria within the
scope of our retail proposition (age and mileage
of vehicles) to access more supply if required
Business continuity plans in place for all
Motorpoint physical locations
We seek to limit dependency on individual
suppliers by actively managing key
supplier relationships
A further store opened in May
2023, ensuring more target
markets are within a 30 minute
drive of a Motorpoint store
New logistics provider
implementing data and modern
processes to improve all aspects
of internal moves of vehicles.
Providing an increase in delivery
frequency driving SLAs down
across all sites
Home delivery fleet
decommissioned for a PAYG
model using a third party partner
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202474
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY24
Business resilience
Failure to withstand the impact of
an event or combination of events
that significantly disrupts all or
a substantial part of the Groups
sales or operations. We note that
in FY24, owing to a difficult year
in terms of profitability, headroom
decreased against covenants.
Although our cash position
remains strong, it is appropriate to
designate this risk as increasing.
This risk includes the risk of a lack
of business resilience in the event
of: significant fire or flood, external
economic pressures and inflation
causing significant reduction in
UK consumer spending, further
risks of economic shutdowns from
a new or resurgent pandemic,
economic downturn due to global
conflict causing material price
rises and energy price increases,
and material cost inflation.
Internal control and risk management process
in place to identify and manage risks (including
emerging risks) that may impact the business.
This includes horizon scanning for potential
risks and early identification of mitigations
against potential rising costs, falling sales
volumes and business readiness in the event
of shutdowns
Conservative financial approach – resilience
and flexibility built into the operating model,
balanced levels of structural debt, low risk
property portfolio and ‘value for money
mentality
Strong and united Board and management
team in place, experienced managers in key
roles and committed colleagues
Strong relationships maintained with key
stakeholders (shareholders, colleagues,
customers, suppliers, community)
Business continuity plans in place and kept up
to date for stores, operations and technology
Insurance cover in place to cover key risks,
where applicable. Particular focus on cash
flow management
Expert third party advisors in place
(e.g. corporate PR, corporate, banking, legal)
to assist
Whilst facility limits were
reduced on stocking and RCF
facilities in the year, the facility
limits remain appropriate with
headroom available should
the business suffer a shock
in the market or experience
significant disruption
Emergency response plans have
been updated to enhance our
business continuity plans and
rolled out Group wide
Swift action taken in the year to
rightsize the operations of the
business in face of the economic
headwinds faced this year,
ensuring ongoing resilience
Finance and treasury
Growth constrained by lack of
access to capital/financial resource.
We note that the economic
conditions in FY24 have resulted
in reduced headroom against
bank and stocking facility
covenants, and covenants were
negotiated in the year. Hence,
this risk area is given an increasing
dynamic risk assessment.
The reduction in the amount of the
stocking loans is appropriate given
the fall in used vehicle valuations in
the year.
Motorpoint uses a selection of finance facilities
to fund its operations including a stock financing
facility secured against its retail vehicle stock
The Group has an uncommitted £6.0m
overdraft and a £14.0m Revolving Credit Facility
in place until June 2026
A treasury policy and set of processes are in
place to govern and control cash flow activities,
including the investment of surplus cash
Freight and energy prices are agreed in
advance where applicable, to help mitigate
volatility and aid margin management
Forward looking cash flow forecasts and
covenant tests are prepared to ensure that
sufficient liquidity and covenant headroom exists
Actions continue to improve
controls around stock and cash
management, including stock
purchasing, forecasting and use
of the stocking facilities
Covenant terms were
successfully negotiated
with lenders during the
year in response to FY24
financial performance and
available headroom
Despite a reduction in
availability, in both stocking loan
and size of the revolving credit
facility, we remain confident
in the financial position of the
Group. We believe current credit
availability is appropriate for the
ongoing financial and treasury
management of the Group
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
Dynamic risk assessment
Increasing Increasing Stable
75Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY24
IT systems, data and cyber security
Operations impacted by failure to
develop technology to support the
strategy, lack of availability due to
cyber attack or other failure, and
reputational damage/fines due to
loss of personal data.
Formal IT governance processes in place to
cover all aspects of IT management
Changes to IT services are managed through
a combination of formal programmes for large
and complex programmes, or bespoke iterative
development methodologies for smaller
scale changes
A detailed IT development and security
programme roadmap is in place, aligned
to strategy
Comprehensive third party support in place
for relevant technologies
Business continuity in place for all major
systems and applications
Regular vulnerability scans, annual penetration
testing with systematic methodology to treat
identified threats
Capability to scan for advanced persistent
threats. Within 24 hours, identification
of applicable threats is known and
remediation scheduled
Business process, authorisation controls and
access to sensitive transactions are kept
under review
Significant investment in digital
transformation is continuing,
upgrading and replacing
legacy systems
Ongoing actions in respect of
network refresh programme,
hardware refresh programme
and strengthening our change
management controls
Strengthened and renewed the
data protection policy
Group wide refresh and rollout
of Data Protection and GDPR
mandatory training
Further recruitment into IT
Security team
New capability to scan for
advanced persistent threats.
Within 24 hours, identification of
applicable threats is known and
remediation scheduled
Investment in industry leading
product suites to enable cyber
and data security advancements
Progress made completing
the Cyber Essentials Plus
certification
Regulatory and compliance
Fines, damages claims, and
reputational damage could be
incurred if we fail to comply
with legislative or regulatory
requirements, including consumer
law, health and safety, employment
law, GDPR and data protection and
the Bribery Act.
The Company also has various FCA
permissions to carry on a range of
regulated insurance and consumer
credit activities from which it
derives income. There is a risk that
increased regulation or restrictions
on the sales process or nature of
these products would restrict the
income available to the Company.
We note the FCAs review into
commission disclosure, which
means this risk is assessed
as increasing, despite other
mitigating activity in the year.
Following their review, changes
could be recommended, and
we continue to keep close
to developments.
Operational management are responsible
for liaising with the Company Secretary and
external advisors to ensure that new legislation
is identified, and relevant action taken
Training on the requirements of the Bribery Act
and anti money laundering policies are in place
for all relevant colleagues and policies are
communicated to all suppliers
Whistleblowing procedure and independently
administered helpline which enables
colleagues to raise concerns in confidence
Continued focus in the year from
the Group Risk and Compliance
Committee ensuring robust
regular oversight and review
of compliance matters by the
SLT. Continued to conduct
horizon scanning processes
to identify changes in
regulatory expectations
Legal register refreshed and
circulated in the year with
monitoring controls developed
Change in the regulated product
offering at the end of the year,
with fewer regulated products
now sold by the business,
reducing the risk of FCA impact
on future product sales
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202476
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY24
People and culture
The success of the business could
be impacted if it fails to attract,
retain and motivate a diverse team
of high calibre colleagues.
Maintaining and evolving the
culture of our business (embodied
in our shared values) is essential
to delivering our strategy
and ensuring the long term
sustainability of our business.
Our commitment to becoming a truly amazing
place to work and the application of our
Virtuous Circle is our biggest defence ensuring
we have a highly engaged, high performing
team and attrition is minimised
Our commitment to Diversity, Equity and
Inclusion has been reaffirmed in our SLT
strategy and commitments
The composition of the Executive team is
regularly reviewed by the Board to ensure that
it is appropriate to deliver the growth plans of
the business
The Groups Remuneration policy detailed in
this report is designed to ensure that high
calibre executives are attracted and retained.
Lock in of senior management is supported by
awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan
Monitoring of Key Risk indicators such as
retention rate % and employee satisfaction
through internal and external surveys
Workplace, the Motorpoint social media
platform drives engagement and interaction
across the business for our business
Continued Group Board
focus on Board and Executive
team succession and
talent management
The SLT has continued its work
with an external consultant to
develop our DEI strategy and
have created their commitments
to become an even more
inclusive place to work
Discount offered again this
year (10%) for the annual
share scheme programme to
all employees
Set up and launch of Knowledge
Hub within our Workplace tool
acting as a shared database of
key process around the business
Health, safety and welfare
The risk that accidents, hazards
or incidents are caused by unsafe
practices at work, resulting in
injury or death to customers,
employees or third parties.
Health, safety and environment (HS&E) training
for all new starters, with additional role specific
training for employees in stores
Incident management processing to ensure
major incidents are dealt with appropriately
and problems are logged and actively
progressed to resolution
Undertake risk and control assessments to
monitor compliance
Continually monitor our mandatory regulatory
training to ensure that all colleagues are
kept informed
Incidents are reported online, via a reporting
tool. Line management deal with minor
incidents. Major incidents are escalated to the
SLT who are supported by third party expertise
Risk assessment is managed in the following
ways: line management in the stores have a
number of online risk assessment checklists
to verify the relevant controls are in place; and
higher level risk assessments are carried out
on workshop activities by an expert third party
– including Hand Arm Vibration and Control of
Substances Hazardous to Health
A separate, expert third party also carries out
higher level risk assessments covering store
transport safety, gates and barriers as well as
fire risk assessments
Implemented new and updated
responsibilities; responsible,
accountable, consulted,
and informed (RACI) matrix
clearly setting out roles and
responsibilities in respect of
HS&E across all locations
Development of HS&E policies,
procedures and standard
statements of work (SSOWs) to
provide complete coverage of
HS&E risk to the business
Revised process implemented for
near miss and accident reporting
rolled out across all stores
Toolbox Talks developed and
put into place, across a range of
HS&E topics, to generate further
buy in with store and preparation
managers across the business
Dynamic risk assessment
Increasing Increasing Stable
77Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY24
Climate change and environment
Failing to positively change our
impact on the environment would
fall short of the expectations
of our customers, colleagues,
shareholders, and other
stakeholders which could lead
to reputational damage and
financial loss.
In addition, an inability to
anticipate and mitigate climate
change and other environmental
risks could cause disruption in our
stores and supply chain as well as
increased insurance premiums.
This, and potential transition risks
related to environmental taxation,
could result in higher costs, and
potential loss of customers.
Our climate risk register is set
out for the year on pages 55 and
56 within our TCFD disclosures.
We note the events concerning
the flood in Derby. The event has
resulted in an increase in insurance
premiums, and limited inventory
cover at that site. Whilst we do
not anticipate further events, we
note that the chances of increased
physical damage to our stores
means that in the long term,
climate change is assessed as an
increasing risk.
Annual targets in place to reduce emissions,
energy usage and waste to landfill, and
increase recycling in our operations
CFO leads the internal ESG Committee that
oversees progress against environmental
targets which in tandem with the Group Risk
and Compliance Committee oversees climate
risk including emerging risks, challenges
and opportunities
Regular horizon scanning conducted to
keep abreast of regulatory change and
stakeholder sentiment
Regular monitoring of the climate risk register
with discussion at SLT
Regular modelling performed on future outlook
of Climate Change impacts on the business
Rollout of emergency response
and incident management plans
across the Group to ensure stores
are well defended from physical
effects of climate change as far
as practicably possible
Detailed modelling work
undertaken on Climate
Change as well as review of
climate risk register undertaken
by third party
Focus on inventory levels and
flood mitigation plans at Derby
store, to ensure minimal risk
for any assets not covered
by insurance
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202478
The following summarises where you can find further information on each of the key areas of disclosure required by
sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act. The Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate related Financial Disclosure)
Regulations 2022 amend these sections of the Companies Act 2006, placing requirements on the Group to incorporate
climate disclosures in the Annual Report. We believe these have been addressed within this year’s climate related
disclosures and as such we have referenced the location of these within our statement on TCFD.
Non-financial and sustainability information statement
Environmental matters
Stakeholder engagement:
community and environment
Read more /
page 35 and 36
Climate change risk
a. a description of the company’s
governance arrangements in relation to
assessing and managing climate-related
risks and opportunities;
Read more /
pages 52 to 54
b. a description of how the company
identifies, assesses, and manages climate-
related risks and opportunities;
Read more /
page 60
c. a description of how processes for
identifying, assessing, and managing
climate-related risks are integrated into
the company’s overall risk management
process;
Read more /
page 60
d. a description of:
i. the principal climate-related
risks and opportunities arising in
connection with the company’s
operations, and
Read more /
pages 55 to 57
ii. the time periods by reference to
which those risks and opportunities
are assessed;
Read more /
pages 54 to 60
e. a description of the actual and potential
impacts of the principal climate-related
risks and opportunities on the company’s
business model and strategy;
Read more /
pages 55 to 57
f. an analysis of the resilience of the
company’s business model and strategy,
taking into consideration different climate-
related scenarios;
Read more /
page 58
g. a description of the targets used by the
company to manage climate-related
risks and to realise climate-related
opportunities and of performance against
those targets; and
Read more /
page 60 and 61
h. a description of the key performance
indicators used to assess progress
against targets used to manage climate-
related risks and realise climate-related
opportunities and of the calculations on
which those key performance indicators
are based.
Read more /
page 60 and 61
Streamlined Energy
and Carbon Reporting
Read more /
pages 40 to 42
Energy efficiency actions Read more /
pages 39 to 42
Going green Read more /
pages 39 to 42
Our team are also working on a range of projects
focused on improving the sustainability of the business
and our impact on the environment.
Related principal risk:
Regulatory and compliance; Climate change
and environment
Read more /
page 75 and 77
Company’s employees
At a glance Read more / page 44
Our operating model
begins with our team
Read more / page 4
Our core values Read more / page 17
Our stakeholders Read more / page 34
Winning culture Read more / page 47
Supporting employee wellbeing Read more / pages 47 to 49
The Company has various employee centric policies
and guidance including: Employee Handbook; HR
Policies including equal opportunities; anti bullying
and harassment; whistleblowing; enhanced maternity
leave; paternity leave; health, safety and welfare; data
protection; and privacy.
Related principal risk:
IT systems, data and cyber security;
People and culture;
Read more /
page 75 and 76
Social matters
Investing in our communities Read more / page 48
and 49
Supporting great causes Read more /
page 48 and 49
Anti corruption and anti bribery matters Read more / page 50
Related principal risk:
Brand and reputation; Business Resiliance;
Regulatory and compliance
Read more / page
72, 74, and 75
Respect for human rights
Real living wage Read more / page 34
Modern slavery Read more / page 51
Treating customers fairly Read more / page 50
Related principal risk:
Brand and reputation; Regulatory and
compliance; People and culture
Read more /
page 75 and 76
Anti corruption and anti bribery matters
Whistleblowing hotline, anti corruption
and anti bribery
Read more / page 50
Related principal risk:
Regulatory and Compliance Read more / page 75
Investment case
Read more / page 6 and 7
Non-financial KPIs
Read more / page 26
Business model
Read more / page 8
79Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements 79Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Governance
80 Board of Directors
82 Introduction to governance
83 Corporate governance report
86 Audit Committee report
90 Nomination Committee report
94 ESG Committee report
96 Remuneration Committee report
98 Remuneration policy
105 Annual report on remuneration
113 Directors’ report
118 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
The Board remains
committed to
delivering sustainable
and profitable growth.
John Walden, Chair
80 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Board of Directors
Experienced team
delivering long term value
Committee membership key
A
Audit
Committee
R
Remuneration
Committee
N
Nomination
Committee
E
ESG
Committee
Committee
Chair
Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
January 2021
Chris was appointed Chief
Financial Officer in January
2021, and is also the Company
Secretary for Motorpoint
Group Plc. Chris was formerly
group finance director at
Speedy Hire Plc. Prior to this
Chris held senior finance
leadership positions at Go
Outdoors and Tesco, where
he was latterly the finance
director for the Czech
Republic and Slovakia. Chris
is a Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in
England and Wales.
None
John Walden
Independent Non Executive Chair and
Chair of the Nomination Committee
Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer
EN
N E
January 2022 April 2016 (CEO since May 2013)
John has held prior roles including
Chair and Non Executive Director
of SCS Group Plc, Chair of Snowfox
TopCo Ltd (Guernsey), Chair of
Naked Wines Plc, Chair of the Jersey
parent company of Holland & Barrett
International, and Non Executive
Director of Celine Jersey Topco
Ltd, the Jersey holding company
of Debenhams. John was also an
executive director at FTD Companies.
John served as CEO of Argos and its
parent company Home Retail Group
Plc, and he has held several senior
roles with Best Buy Co. including EVP
and president of the internet division.
John has been a driving force in
omnichannel and consumer driven
retailing, as well as leading digital and
transformational change, both in the
UK and US.
Mark was appointed as Chief
Executive Officer in May 2013
following two years as CFO,
and has almost 20 years’
experience in motor retail.
Mark was previously Finance
Director of Sytner Group
Limited from 2005 to 2010.
Prior to this, Mark was with
Andersen, where he qualified
as a Chartered Accountant.
John is the Founder of Inversion LLC. None
Appointment
Background
and career
External roles
81Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Mary McNamara
Senior Independent Non Executive Director
and Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Adele Cooper
Independent Non Executive Director
and Chair of the ESG Committee
Keith Mansfield
Independent Non Executive Director
and Chair of the Audit Committee
May 2016 (appointed as Senior
Independent Director in October 2016)
March 2020 May 2020
Mary was CEO of the commercial division
and board director of the Banking Division
at Close Brothers Group Plc.
She spent 17 years with GE in a number
of leadership roles, including CEO of the
European Fleet Services business.
Mary has also spent time with Skandia and
14 years at Harrods.
Adele has extensive marketing and senior
leadership experience, having worked at
some of the world’s leading technology
companies, most recently at Pinterest
from June 2015 to December 2019. While
at Pinterest, Adele was responsible for
the UK and Ireland, overseeing strategic,
commercial and operational management.
Prior to this, Adele has been with Facebook
and Google in a lead global relationship role
and a variety of regional and global lead
roles in marketing and operations. Adele
held the post of Chief Revenue Officer at
&Open until May 2024.
Keith was appointed to the Board of
Motorpoint Group Plc as Independent
Non Executive Director in May 2020.
A Chartered Accountant by background,
Keith brings extensive accountancy
experience, having worked at PwC
for over 30 years, during which time
he served as Chair of PwC in London
responsible for assurance, tax and
advisory services. As a partner for 22
years, he has led services to public and
private companies across a range of
industry sectors.
None Adele has been a Non Executive Director
of Conjura Ireland Limited since 2020, and
was appointed a Non Executive Director of
Premier Lotteries Ireland on 1 April 2024.
Keith is a Non Executive Director of
Tritax Eurobox Plc, where he chairs
the Audit Committee and is a member
of the Management Engagement
Committee. Keith is also the Chair of
Albemarle Fairoaks Airport Limited and
a Non Executive Director on the boards
of Martins Investment Holdings Ltd,
Martins Development Holdings Ltd and
Martins Financial Holdings Ltd. Keith was
appointed as a Director of Fairoaks Airport
Holdings Limited in May 2023.
A R N E A R N E A R N E
82 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202482 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Chairs
introduction
Introduction to governance
Board changes
There have been no changes to the
membership of the Board over the
last year.
Biographies for each of the current
Directors are set out on pages
80 and 81. The progress in talent
development and diversity can be
found on pages 91 and 92.
Compliance statements
Throughout the year ended
31 March 2024, the Company has
complied with all the provisions
as set out in the 2018 Corporate
Governance Code (2018 Code)
(a copy of which is available on
the Financial Reporting Council’s
website at www.frc.org.uk).
Share buyback programme
In January 2024, we announced
our intention to commence a
share buyback programme of
approximately 5% of the ordinary
shares of the Company, and to
cancel these shares. Even after
taking into consideration the capital
required to fund organic growth,
the Company’s cash generation and
the strength of its balance sheet
has led the Board to conclude that
the programme is an attractive use
of the Company’s resources and
beneficial for all stakeholders.
Our effectiveness
Every year we perform a review of
the effectiveness of the Board. In
early 2024 we carried out an internal
Board effectiveness review, with
participation from all members of
the Board. The findings show that
the work we do as a Board and in
our committees continues to be
effective and shows continuous self
reflection and improvement. Our
review also confirmed that our focus
in the coming year will continue to
be on succession planning at Board
and senior leadership level whilst
factoring in our diversity, equity and
inclusion objectives, engaging with
the wider Senior Leadership Team
throughout the year and evolving
the Board development programme.
Board priorities
Our priorities for next year are very
much focused around continuing
to build sustainable and profitable
growth in the Group as the market
recovers and delivering on our
strategic plan, all underpinned by
strong and effective governance.
John Walden
Chair
13 June 2024
As a Board, we are conscious
that we are accountable to all our
shareholders and hold a position of
responsibility to valued stakeholders
including employees, customers,
suppliers and the environment. We
maintain an active dialogue with
shareholders throughout the year and
listen to views of representatives of
investors and financial institutions.
We also welcome the opportunity to
answer shareholders’ questions at our
2024 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
ESG
We are committed to an ESG
agenda which aims to exceed our
stakeholders’ expectations. The
ESG Committee has met on three
occasions to develop, implement
and monitor our ESG strategy, as well
as oversee and support stakeholder
engagement on ESG matters. The
past year has seen the Company
make significant strides in this arena,
including recognition as one of
Europes climate leading companies
by the Financial Times thanks to
reductions in core emissions year on
year, and transparent reporting of
Scope 3 emissions. This prestigious
external validation of the Company’s
achievements is reflective of our
increased strategic focus on ESG,
and the Board remains committed to
continuous improvement in this area.
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present my Corporate
Governance review for Motorpoint
for FY24. The aim of this report is
to explain Motorpoint’s governance
framework and outline how it was
applied on a practical basis over the
last year.
During the last year the Company
has had to contend with continued
economic headwinds, with high
levels of inflation, interest rates and
consumer uncertainty continuing
to affect demand for used cars. The
Company’s lean cost base positioned
it to weather this turbulence, and the
correction in values seen during the
second half of FY24 points towards
recovery during the year ahead, as the
used car market begins to normalise.
The Board remains committed to
delivering sustainable and profitable
growth and pursuing the strategy set
out earlier in this report. Despite the
ongoing challenges to profitability,
we have continued to make good
progress against our strategic
objectives, and believe we have the
strength and agility to harness the
opportunities as the market recovers.
Our priorities are focused
on building sustainable
and profitable growth,
underpinned by
strong and effective
governance.
John Walden,
Chair
83Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 83Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Corporate governance report
Board leadership and purpose
The role of the Board
The Board sets the Company’s
strategic aims and ensures that the
necessary resources are in place to
allow the Company’s objectives to be
met in a responsible and sustainable
way that supports long term growth.
It is also responsible for corporate
governance and the overall financial
performance of the Group. The
Board establishes the Company’s
culture, values and ethics; leading
by example in modelling expected
behaviours and standards and
devoting sufficient time and
attention to the Directors’ roles.
The current Board comprises the
Chair, three independent Non
Executive Directors (including a
Senior Non Executive Director)
and two Executive Directors.
Roles and responsibilities
The Chairs role
The Chair’s primary role is the
leadership of the Board. By ensuring
that the Directors receive accurate,
timely and clear information they
are key in cultivating a boardroom
culture of honesty and openness
which encourages debate and
constructive challenge, and
facilitates an environment within
which the Non Executive Directors
are supported to make an effective
contribution. The Chair sets the
Board’s agenda and ensures
sufficient time is allocated for the
discussion of all agenda items.
The Chair also consults with the Non
Executive Directors, in particular
the Senior Independent Director,
on matters of corporate governance
and ensures all Directors are made
aware of any major shareholders’
issues and concerns.
The Board is satisfied that the
Chair fulfils their responsibilities
in enabling the Board to make
sound decisions.
Chief Executive Officer’s role
The Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
is responsible for the day to day
running of the Groups business,
including the development and
implementation of strategy and
decisions made by the Board, as well
as the operational management of
the Group.
Chief Financial Officer’s role
The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) is
responsible for the Groups financial
activities, including control, planning
and reporting, and also contributes
to the broader management of the
Groups business. The CFO supports
the CEO with the development,
implementation and tracking of the
Groups strategy.
Senior Independent Director’s role
The Senior Independent Director
acts as a sounding board to the Chair
and serves as an intermediary for
the other Directors when necessary.
The Senior Independent Director is
available to shareholders to assist
with addressing any concerns that
may arise.
The Senior Independent Director
also meets with Non Executive
Directors without the Chair present
at least annually and conducts
the annual appraisal of the Chair’s
performance, providing feedback to
the Chair on the appraisal outputs.
Independent Non
Executive Directors
The Non Executive Directors bring
independence, and a broad mix
of business skills, knowledge and
experience to the Board. They
provide an external perspective
to Board discussions and are
responsible for holding the
Executive Management team to
account on behalf of shareholders.
The Non Executive Directors
constructively challenge Board
discussions and help develop
proposals on strategy. The
independent Directors meet at least
once annually without the presence
of the Executive Directors.
Non Executive Directors monitor
the reporting of performance
and ensure that the Company
is operating within its agreed
governance and risk framework.
The Company Secretarys role
The Company Secretary
ensures that effective two way
communication flows between
the Board and its committees and
between senior management and
the Non Executive Directors. The
Company Secretary is responsible
for ensuring that the Board operates
in accordance with the Company’s
corporate governance framework.
The appointment and removal of the
Company Secretary is a matter for
the whole Board.
Matters reserved for the Board
To retain control of key decisions
and ensure that there is a clear
division of responsibility between
the Board and the day to day
operations of the business, the
Board has a formal schedule of
matters reserved for its decision.
These reserved matters include
financial reporting, investment
appraisal and risk management.
The matters were reviewed by the
Board in July 2023 to ensure they
were aligned with the 2018 Code
and remain appropriate for the
needs of the business.
Board committees
The Board operates several
committees to support it in carrying
out its duties. Further information
about the work carried out by these
committees can be found on the
following pages:
Audit Committee
(pages 86 to 89)
Nomination Committee
(pages 90 to 93)
ESG Committee
(page 94 and 95)
Remuneration Committee
(page 96 and 97)
Board focus during the year
The Board holds regular scheduled
meetings each year, and additional
strategy sessions which are usually
held off site. The meetings were held
in a hybrid format again this year,
with some attended in person and
others held virtually.
Key areas of focus during the
year were:
Strategy
The Board regularly reviewed
progress against the Strategic Plan
Overseeing investor relations
and communications
Monitoring strategic growth
opportunities such as technology
and customer service investment,
cost base efficiencies and
exploration of other growth
opportunities
84 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202484 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Corporate governance report continued
Financial
Approved the full year results
announcement and the Annual
Report for the 2023 financial year.
In doing so, the Board considered
that the Annual Report, taken as
a whole, was fair, balanced and
understandable, and provided
the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the
Groups and Company’s position,
performance, business model
and strategy
Post year end, the Board
approved the full year results
announcement and the Annual
Report for the 2024 financial year.
In doing so, the Board considers
that the Annual Report, taken
as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides
the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the
Groups and Company’s position,
performance, business model
and strategy
Continued suspension of the
payment of any dividends
Approved the Budget for FY25
Approved the half year results, full
year results and trading updates
Review of Group cash position
and forecasting, and the approval
of the banking extension through
to June 2026. Approved changes
to facility levels and covenant
tests
Monthly performance reporting
and review
Internal control and risk
management
Reviewed the effectiveness of the
Groups risk management and
internal control systems
Carried out a robust assessment
of the emerging and principal
risks facing the Group. Further
information on these principal
risks, the procedures in place
to identify emerging risks and
how these are being managed or
mitigated can be found on pages
66 to 69 and pages 72 to 77
Approved the viability statement
as disclosed in the FY24 Annual
Report, which sets out that the
Group will be able to continue in
operation and meet its liabilities
as they fall due over the next
three years. The Board deemed
a three year period to the end
of FY27 would be appropriate,
taking into account the Groups
current position and the potential
impact of the principal risks
and uncertainties
Considered and approved the
adoption of the going concern
basis of accounting in preparing
the half and full year results
Approved updates to the
Treasury policy
People, talent and culture
Succession planning and talent
development for all senior roles
Reviewed the results of the
engagement survey
Ensured safe and comfortable
working environments
Reviewed the organisation
structure and approach to
rightsizing the business
Implemented a Restricted Share
Award for eligible colleagues
Implemented an SAYE Share Plan
for colleagues for the three year
period commencing February 2024
Governance, compliance
and ethics
Approved AGM business such
as the Notice of Meeting and
related ancillaries
Carried out an internal Board
evaluation, reviewed the report
and recommendations and
agreed an action plan
Assessed the independence
of all Directors
Reviewed and updated the
Terms of Reference for the
Audit Committee, Remuneration
Committee, Nomination
Committee and ESG Committee
Board independence and
appointment terms
The Board has reviewed the
independence of each Non
Executive Director and considers
each of them to be independent
of management and free from
business or other relationships that
could interfere with the exercise
of independent judgement. The
Company meets the requirement
under Provision 11 of the 2018
Code that at least half of the Board,
excluding the Chair, are Non
Executive Directors whom the Board
considers to be independent.
The Board believes that any shares
in the Company held personally by
a member of the Board serves to
align their interests with those of
the shareholders.
The CEO, Mark Carpenter, owns
approximately 9.8% of the shares
of the Company. The Board is fully
confident that, in the very unlikely
event of a conflict emerging
between Mark Carpenter’s duties
as a Director and his interests as
a shareholder, he would absent
himself from the Board discussions
in question (and the Board would
ensure that he does so).
The terms and conditions of
appointment of the Non Executive
Directors are contained within their
Letters of Appointment. The terms
of appointment for the Directors
confirm they are expected to devote
such time as necessary for the
proper performance of their duties.
The Board reviews and approves as
necessary any additional external
appointments the Directors may
look to obtain.
The CEO and CFO do not currently
have a non executive directorship on
any other listed company board.
Board meetings
The Board met regularly to discharge
its duties effectively. Directors are
provided with meeting papers
approximately one week in advance
of each Board or Committee meeting.
Members of the Senior Leadership
Team are regularly invited to attend
Board meetings to present on their
specific area of responsibility.
85Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 85Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Board and Committee attendance FY24
The Board has regular scheduled meetings throughout the year, in addition to Board calls as and when needed.
Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year is outlined below:
Director
Board
(9 meetings)
Audit
Committee
(3)
Nomination
Committee
(1)
Remuneration
Committee
(4)
ESG
Committee
(3)
Mark Carpenter 9 N/A 1 N/A 3
Chris Morgan 9 N/A N/A N/A 3
John Walden 9 N/A 1 N/A N/A
Mary McNamara 9 2 1 4 3
Keith Mansfield 9 3 1 4 3
Adele Cooper 9 3 1 4 3
Annual General Meeting
The 2024 AGM will be held on
24 July 2024.
The Notice convening the 2024 AGM
will be circulated to shareholders
separately, along with details on how
shareholders can raise questions to
the Board in advance. We will ensure
that shareholders are kept informed
using the Notice of Meeting, our
website, and relevant regulatory
announcements as appropriate.
Conflicts of interest
In line with the Companies Act
2006, the Company’s Articles of
Association allow the Board to
review any potential conflicts of
interest that may arise and impose
limits or conditions as appropriate.
The Board has an agreed formal
process for the Directors to disclose
any conflicts of interest. Any
decision of the Board to authorise a
conflict of interest is only effective
if it is agreed without the conflicted
Director(s) voting or without their
votes being counted. In making
such a decision, the Directors must
act in a way they consider in good
faith will be most likely to promote
the success of the Group.
Independent advice
The Directors may take independent
professional advice, if necessary,
at the Company’s expense.
Board training and development
Directors are continually updated on
the Groups business, the markets
in which the business operates and
changes to the competitive and
regulatory environments, through
presentations and briefings to the
Board from Executive Directors and
the Senior Leadership Team.
Directors received briefings from
the Company Secretary during the
year on governance and compliance
matters and relevant legislative
changes, as well as external briefings
on pertinent topics as part of the
regular in person strategy sessions.
Relations with shareholders
All shareholders have access
to the Chair and the Senior
Independent Director, who are
available to discuss any questions
which shareholders may have
in relation to the running of
the Company.
The Board recognises the need
to ensure that all Directors are
fully aware of the views of major
shareholders. Copies of all analysts’
research relating to the Company
are circulated to Directors upon
publication. The Company receives
a monthly Investor Relations report
which includes an analysis of the
Company’s shareholder register.
John Walden
Chair
13 June 2024
86 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the
report of the Audit Committee
(the Committee) for FY24. The
purpose of this report is to look
back over the financial year ended
31 March 2024 and describe the
Committee’s responsibilities and
activities during the year.
The Committee fulfils an important
oversight role, monitoring the
effectiveness of the Groups
system of internal control and
risk management framework and
reviewing the integrity of the
Groups financial reporting. The key
objectives of the Committee are
to review and report to the Board
and shareholders on the Groups
financial reporting, internal control
and risk management systems,
and on the independence and
effectiveness of the external auditor.
Risk management and internal
control is a priority topic for the
Group, ensuring Motorpoint can
respond with pace and robustly to
economic uncertainty, regulatory
change as well as mitigating physical
risks to its stores and inventory.
I would like to thank my colleagues
in the Committee for their valued
contributions during this year. I
would also like to extend my thanks
to our colleagues within the business
who have rigorously applied hard
work and Motorpoint’s shared values,
working together in response to the
significant economic turbulence and
industry challenge that Motorpoint
has faced in the year.
Audit Committee
Chairs statement
The Committee had
an increased focus
on the going concern
modelling performed by
management alongside
monitoring and review
of internal controls,
especially around cash
management. This was
especially important
given the challenges
presented by external
economic headwinds.
Keith Mansfield,
Audit Committee Chair
Committee
Governance
Committee membership
and attendance
During the year, the
Committee comprised:
Keith Mansfield (Chair)
Adele Cooper
Mary McNamara
The Committee met three times
during the year and attendance
is set out in the table on
page 85.
Audit Committee report
87Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Committee composition
and membership
The Committee currently
comprises three independent
Non Executive Directors.
During the year, the following
members served on the Committee:
Keith Mansfield (Chair)
Adele Cooper
Mary McNamara
The Board believes that the
members of the Committee as a
whole have competence relevant
to the sector in which the Group
operates, gained from their
respective external roles, previous
and present. Biographical details
of Committee members are set out
on pages 80 and 81.
In particular, the Board has
identified me as the member of
the Committee having recent and
relevant financial experience for the
purposes of the 2018 Code. I have a
wealth of financial experience from
my previous roles, having worked at
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC)
for 30 years.
At the invitation of the Chair of
the Committee, the CEO and CFO
attended all meetings during the
year in order to maintain effective
and open communications.
The external auditor, PwC, attend
meetings of the Committee and
have direct access to the Committee
should they wish to raise any
concerns outside of the formal
Committee meetings.
Similarly, Motorpoint’s Internal Audit
function attend for the specific portion
of Committee meetings pertaining to
internal audit, and has direct access
to the Committee should there be any
need for raising any concerns outside
of the formal context.
Role of the Committee
The role and responsibilities
of the Committee are set out
in its terms of reference which
are available on the Company’s
website motorpointplc.com.
The main responsibilities of the
Committee are listed below:
monitor the integrity of the
financial statements of the
Company, including its annual
and half yearly reports, preliminary
announcements and any other
formal statements relating to
its financial performance, and
review and report to the Board
on significant financial reporting
issues and judgements which
those statements contain having
regard to matters communicated
to it by the auditor;
review the content of the Annual
Report and Accounts and advise
the Board on whether, taken as
a whole, it is fair, balanced, and
understandable and provides
the information necessary
for shareholders to assess
the Company’s performance,
business model and strategy and
whether it informs the Board’s
statement in the Annual Report
on these matters that is required
under the Code;
keep under review the Company’s
internal financial controls systems
that identify, assess, manage
and monitor financial risks, and
other internal control and risk
management systems;
review and approve the
statements to be included in
the Annual Report concerning
internal control, risk
management, including the
assessment of principal risks
and emerging risks, viability
statement and going concern;
review reports from the internal
audit function;
review the adequacy and security
of the Company’s arrangements
for its employees, contractors and
external parties to raise concerns,
in confidence, about possible
wrongdoing in financial reporting
or other matters;
review the effectiveness of risk
management and internal control
policies in relation to ESG matters;
monitor the statutory audit
of the Annual Report and the
consolidated financial statements;
review significant financial
reporting issues;
recommend to the Board the
reappointment of the external
auditor and approve their
remuneration and terms of
engagement; and
monitor and review the external
auditor’s independence and
objectivity and the effectiveness
of the external audit process,
including considering relevant
UK professional and regulatory
requirements and the
appropriateness of the provision by
the auditors of non-audit services.
The Terms of Reference authorise the
Committee to obtain independent
legal or other professional advice at
the Company’s expense.
Activities
The Committee reviewed the
following items since the last report:
Annual Report and Accounts
to 31 March 2024 and half year
results to 30 September 2023;
Chair met and had discussions
with PwC as part of the audit
process;
external audit plan and review
of effectiveness;
non-audit services policy
(NAS) and reached a general
presumption that PwC is not
best placed to offer NAS so as to
safeguard their independence
with possible exceptions noted in
respect of a future requirement for
assurance over ESG and internal
controls which the Group’s auditor
is well placed to deliver;
the Group’s prospects (going
concern and viability);
tax and treasury policies;
corporate risk assessment
including review of the key risks,
risk management activities and
emerging risks;
findings from the external auditor
on the FY24 year end audit; and
findings from the work of
internal audit.
88 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202488 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Financial reporting
The primary role of the Committee
in relation to financial reporting is
to review with both management
and the external auditor, and report
to the Board the appropriateness
of the annual financial statements,
considering amongst other matters:
whether the Annual Report, taken
as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides
the information necessary
for shareholders to assess
the Company’s performance,
business model and strategy.
The statement incorporating the
conclusion of this assessment is
included later in this section;
the application of significant
accounting policies and any
changes to them;
the methods used to account
for significant or unusual
transactions where different
approaches are possible;
whether the Company has
adopted appropriate accounting
policies and made appropriate
estimates and judgements, taking
into account the external auditors
views on the financial statements;
the clarity and completeness
of disclosures in the financial
statements and the context in
which statements are made; and
all material information presented
with the financial statements,
including the Strategic report
and the corporate governance
statements relating to the audit
and to risk management.
In addition to the above, the
Committee supports the Board in
completing its assessment on the
adoption of the going concern
basis of preparing the financial
statements. Furthermore, as part
of the Committee’s responsibility
to provide advice to the Board on
the long term viability statement,
the Committee performed a
robust review of the process and
underlying assessment of the
Groups longer term prospects
made by management.
Significant matters
considered by the Committee
in relation to the financial
statements
In the preparation and final approval
of the financial statements,
the Committee discussed with
management the key sources of
estimation and critical accounting
judgements. The Committee
considered the following significant
issues in relation to the FY24
financial statements:
Inventory Valuation. Inventory is
valued at the lower of cost and
net realisable value. Following
increased margin fluctuations
on vehicles in FY23, the Company
saw an increased level of loss
making sales in FY23, which
continued into FY24. There is
a risk that selling prices could
reduce further below cost and
so require increased provision
against inventory cost. The
Committee reviewed the
provision held against inventory
by the Group throughout the
year and determined that at the
year end, the level of provision
made was appropriate and
included a prudent approach
so that inventory was valued
appropriately, even in the event
of a repeat of the early FY24 price
shock leading to increased losses.
Appropriate capitalisation of
IT development costs in line
with the criteria set out in IAS
38. The Committee is satisfied
based on the substantiation of
the requirements of IAS 38 that
the appropriate accounting
treatment was applied.
Going concern. Given the
financial performance in FY24,
there was a decrease in available
headroom against banking and
stocking facility covenants.
Whilst management took actions
to negotiate these during the
year, the Committee had an
increased focus on the going
concern modelling performed
by management. A range of
scenarios was considered, and
the Committee agreed that the
financial statements should
continue to be prepared on
a going concern basis
The Committee also
reviewed changes to funding
arrangements, including a
relaxation of covenant tests, and
concluded that these supported
the going concern conclusion
reached by management.
Site level cash generating unit
impairment. Whilst there has been
significant headroom regarding
impairment of property, plant
and equipment and right-of-use
assets at the Motorpoint CGU
site level in previous years, the
recent economic and market
challenges, reflected in FY24
results, have reduced the level
of headroom, at the site level,
between the carrying value of
assets and discounted future cash
flows. The Committee reviewed
management’s forecasts which
plan over a three year basis in
line with the viability assessment.
The Committee is satisfied that
the Board approved forecasts are
reasonable, and are consistent
with management’s conclusion
that the carrying value of assets
is appropriate.
Annual Report
The Committee has undertaken
a review and assessment of the
Annual Report in order to determine
whether it can advise the Board that,
taken as a whole, the Annual Report
is fair, balanced and understandable,
and provides shareholders with the
information they need to assess the
Company’s position, performance,
business model and strategy.
In doing this, the Committee
considered the following:
the description of the business is
consistent with the Committee’s
own understanding;
the narrative of the Strategic
report fairly reflects the
performance of the Group over
the period reported on;
that there is a clear and well
articulated link between all areas
of disclosure including going
concern and viability; and
the findings from the external
auditor as part of the FY24 year
end audit.
Audit Committee report continued
89Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 89Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
All relevant issues relating to the
Annual Report were fully discussed at
the Committee meeting in June 2024.
The Committee has concluded that
the Annual Report, taken as a whole,
is fair, balanced and understandable
and that it can advise the Board as
required by the 2018 Code and other
relevant rules and regulations.
Going concern and
viability statement
The Company is required to include
statements in its Annual Report
relating to going concern and
viability. The Committee reviewed
and discussed with management
and concluded that the financial
statements can be prepared on a
going concern basis and that there is a
reasonable expectation that the Group
will be able to continue in operation
and meet its liabilities as they fall due
over at least a 12 month period after
the signing of the financial statements.
The Directors assessed the prospects
of the Group over a three year
period, which reflects the budget
and planning cycle adopted by the
Group and is in line with the viability
assessment of the Group. The
assessment of the Groups prospects,
together with the Groups going
concern and viability statement, are
set out on pages 116 to 117 and pages
70 to 71 respectively of the report.
Internal audit
A number of risk based reviews
were undertaken by internal audit in
line with the FY24 audit plan. Internal
audit’s areas of review in FY24 included:
Stock management controls
Bank and cash procedures
Travel and expenditure
VAT and corporation tax controls
The plan for FY25 will be completed
this summer, following the
introduction of the new head of
Internal Audit.
External auditor
Independence
There are a number of robust policies
in place, all of which aim to safeguard
the independence of the external
auditor. In accordance with best
practice, the external audit contract will
be put out to tender every ten years,
with the next retender due no later
than the year ending 31 March 2027.
In accordance with the Auditing
Practices Board standards, the lead
audit partner at PwC will be rotated
every five years to ensure continuing
independence. Mark Skedgel, the
current audit partner, assumed this
responsibility for the year ended
31 March 2020 and will be standing
down on completion of the FY24
audit. Mark Foster, who has the
required skills and experience, will
be taking over from Mark Skedgel
for the FY25 audit.
There are no contractual obligations
that restrict the Company’s choice
of external auditor.
External auditor effectiveness
The Committee conducts an annual
external audit effectiveness review
each year. It is the Committee’s
responsibility to monitor and assess
the effectiveness of the external
audit and examine the auditor’s
independence, the audit planning
process, audit approach and delivery,
audit team expertise and experience,
resources, responsiveness and
communication in respect of the
financial year audit. In order to
discharge this responsibility, the
Committee followed the process
outlined below:
the terms, areas of responsibility,
duties and scope of work of the
external auditor as set out in the
engagement letter are reviewed
at the Committee meetings;
the Committee discusses and
agrees at the planning stage the
draft list of specific audit risks;
the Committee assesses the audit
plan in advance of the year end
and discusses audit planning and
focus, quality, staffing, fees and
accounting policies with the auditor;
the Committee receives post
audit feedback from management
and the auditor in relation to the
conduct of the audit and where
significant time is spent;
during the conduct of the audit,
the Committee considers the
auditors challenge of management
assumptions and judgements;
the Committee meets with
the auditor in the absence of
management to receive and
discuss feedback on the conduct
of the audit;
all Committee members, key
members of management, and
those who regularly provide
input into the Committee provide
feedback on how well PwC
performed the year end audit; and
the feedback and conclusions
are discussed, along with the
conclusion regarding specific
audit risks, with an overall
conclusion on audit effectiveness
reached. Any opportunities for
improvement are brought to the
attention of the external auditor.
The Committee concluded that PwC
provided an effective, independent
and objective audit and that the
Committee was therefore satisfied that
it had obtained a high quality audit.
The Committee agreed to recommend
to the Board the reappointment of
PwC as the Groups external auditor
and a resolution to this effect will be
proposed at the 2024 AGM.
Non-audit services
To further safeguard the
independence and objectivity of
the external auditor, non-audit
services provided by the external
auditor are considered, and where
appropriate authorised, by the
Committee in accordance with
a non-audit services policy. This
policy limits the amount and type of
services undertaken by our auditor.
Permitted services are subject to
a cap of 70% of the average of the
fees paid for the statutory audits
over a three year period.
Non-audit services provided by PwC
only relate to access to the auditor’s
generic online accounting manual.
Keith Mansfield
Audit Committee Chair
13 June 2024
90 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the report
of the Nomination Committee
(the Committee) for FY24.
The Nomination Committee keeps
under regular review the structure
and composition of the Board and
its committees and ensures that the
Board and Executive leadership has
the appropriate balance of skills,
expertise and experience to support
the Company.
In FY24, the Committee met once,
where it discussed succession
planning for the Executive and
Senior Leadership Team, and the
Board. There were no new Board
appointments or resignations during
the period and the Committee
remains satisfied that the Board
composition is balanced and
effective, and that the appropriate
corporate governance standards
and practices are in place.
Following the internal Board
effectiveness review, the Board’s
discussions identified a number of
opportunities to help encourage
a diverse and inclusive pipeline of
executive and non executive talent
within the Company. This will be
a key focus for the Committee in
the upcoming year to ensure that
momentum is maintained, and an
additional meeting has been planned
in FY25 to support development in
this area. The Committee is clear
on the vision to promote and model
an inclusive and supportive culture
where every individual, of any
identity, from any background, feels
they can be their authentic self at
work, and keeps those values front
and centre of its work. Further details
on diversity within the business can
be found within the Strategic report
on page 45.
Nomination Committee
Chairs statement
Succession planning
and alignment to our
diversity and inclusion
objectives will be an
increased area of focus
for us in FY25.
John Walden
Nomination Committee Chair
Committee
Governance
Committee membership
and attendance
During the year, the
Committee comprised:
John Walden (Chair)
Adele Cooper
Keith Mansfield
Mary McNamara
Mark Carpenter (CEO)
The Committee met once during
the year and attendance is set
out in the table on page 85.
Nomination Committee report
91Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
All Directors are subject to election
or re-election to the Board by
shareholders on an annual basis at the
Company’s AGM. The Chair, on behalf
of the Board, has confirmed each
Director continues to be an effective
member of the Board and will stand
for re-election at the 2024 AGM.
Committee responsibilities
The Committee is responsible for:
Board composition: The
Committee considers the balance
of skills, diversity, knowledge
and experience of the Board
and its committees and reviews
the Board’s structure, size and
composition, including the time
commitment required from Non
Executive Directors;
Board and executive nominations:
The Committee leads on the
recruitment and appointment
process for Directors and makes
recommendations regarding any
adjustments to the composition
of the Board; and
Board and executive succession
planning: The Committee
proposes recommendations to
the Board for the continuation
in service of each Director and
ensures that the Board is well
prepared for changes to its
composition and that appropriate
succession plans are in place.
The Committee has formal Terms
of Reference which are reviewed
annually and are available on the
Company’s website.
Activities of the Committee
During the year the main activities
of the Committee were as follows:
Considered succession planning
for the Executive and Senior
Leadership Team, and for
the Board.
Composition of the Board
as at 31 March 2024
INED/Executive split
Chair 1
INED (excluding the Chair) 3
Executive 2
Diversity and inclusion
The Board recognises the importance
of diversity and inclusion in the
boardroom and seeks to recruit
Directors with varied backgrounds,
skills and experience. Appointments
are made on merit and against
objective criteria, taking account of
the skills, experience and expertise
of candidates. The Financial Conduct
Authority (FCA) has introduced rules
and targets which require listed
companies to make disclosures
in relation to gender and ethnic
diversity at Board and executive
management level. The targets are
that at least 40% of the Board should
be women, at least one of the senior
Board positions should be a woman,
and at least one member of the Board
should be from an ethnic minority
background. As at 31 March 2024, we
comply with the senior Board position
target, with the SID role being
occupied by a woman, but have not
achieved the target of the Board
having 40% female representation
or a Board member from an ethnic
minority. The Committee seeks to
attract more women and people from
an ethnic minority background onto
the Board through a combination of
targeted succession planning and the
promotion of a culture that actively
celebrates diversity throughout
the Company, and Nomination
Committee discussions around
succession planning during FY24
have clarified the Board’s intentions
in this regard.
The tables below identify the
gender identity and ethnic diversity
of members of the Board and
executive management.
The fall in female representation in
executive management relates to
the departure of the Group People
Director towards the end of FY24.
We are in the process of reviewing
our senior recruitment strategy,
which will take into account our
commitment to Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion matters.
Reporting table on sex/gender representation
Number of
Board members
Percentage of
the Board
Number of senior
positions on the
Board (CEO, CFO,
SID, Chair)
Number in executive
management
(excluding Executive
Directors)
Percentage
of executive
management
(excluding Executive
Directors)
Men 4 66% 3 4 100%
Women 2 34% 1 0 0%
Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0% 0 0 0%
Reporting table on ethnicity representation
Number of
Board members
Percentage of
the Board
Number of senior
positions on the
Board (CEO, CFO,
SID, Chair)
Number in executive
management
(excluding Executive
Directors)
Percentage
of executive
management
(excluding Executive
Directors)
White British (or other White) 6 100% 4 2 50%
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups 0 0% 0 0 0%
Asian/Asian British 0 0% 0 2 50%
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British 0 0% 0 0 0%
Other ethnic group, including Arab 0 0% 0 0 0%
Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0% 0 0 0%
92 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202492 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
As part of the Company’s
commitment to Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion there are a number of
data collection points throughout
the employee experience that allow
tracking of performance against the
objective of having a truly diverse
workforce and inclusive culture.
This starts at the recruitment stage
with an Applicant Tracking System
which facilitates the gathering of
data on all applications. Right to
work checks are completed for all
hired employees and form a further
opportunity for data capture. Finally,
as part of this disclosure each
member of the team is asked how
they identify within the outlined
categories, including sexual
orientation, ethnic background
and any disabilities.
The Board’s composition and size is
kept under review by the Nomination
Committee to retain an appropriate
balance of skills, experience,
diversity and knowledge of the
Group. The Board also recognises
the importance of diversity and
inclusion at senior management
level. The Groups SLT is made up
of six members including the CEO
and CFO. Information on initiatives
on diversity and inclusion can be
found in the People section of the
Strategic report on page 45.
Board and Committee
Effectiveness Review
The Board undertakes a formal
evaluation of its performance, and
that of each Director, on an annual
basis. The principal committees of
the Board also undertake an annual
evaluation of their effectiveness
in accordance with their Terms
of Reference. In FY23, the Board
identified three key action points
arising from its self evaluation and
measured the steps taken throughout
the year to achieve them. An update
on progress in all three areas can be
found in the table below.
FY23 Issue/Recommendation Action Progress during FY24
Employee engagement
A programme of onsite Board and strategy
sessions to be held to allow the Directors to
engage directly with local teams as well as
the SLT.
Employee engagement updates to be
scheduled at Board meetings.
The Board determined that this recommendation
had been achieved.
The Board has engaged with a variety of
employees in FY24, including store based team
members and various senior colleagues have
been invited to join Board and Committee
meetings. The Senior Independent Director
has also attended employee forums to discuss
topics such as strategy, remuneration and
diversity initiatives.
Succession planning
Nomination Committee and Board to be
allocated the necessary time and resources
to proactively consider succession planning
strategies in the context of both the
Board and executive leadership, with a
focus on developing a pipeline of quality
internal candidates.
The Board determined that this recommendation
had been achieved.
The Nomination Committee undertook a detailed
review of senior and executive leadership
succession planning during FY24, as well as
considering plans for the Board’s own succession.
Several action points were identified as a result
of the reviews.
Diversity, equity
and inclusion
Oversee the implementation of the Diversity,
Equity and Inclusion Strategy. Updates to be
provided at Board and/or Committee meetings
in FY24.
Ensure that diversity is factored into the
discussion on succession planning for Board
and executive roles.
The Board determined that this recommendation
had been achieved.
The ESG Committee received updates on
the implementation of the DEI strategy
including Gender Pay Gap reports and the
tracking of DEI information relating to new
and existing employees.
As part of the Board’s own succession planning,
the Committee expressed a desire to broaden
the ethnic diversity of the Board and address the
gender balance through targeted recruitment.
It also noted a skills gap in relation to technology
and undertook to explore the possibility of
recruiting a Board apprentice to help develop
new talent.
Nomination Committee report continued
93Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 93Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
In line with its discussions the previous year, in early 2024 the Board carried out an internal evaluation of the Board and
its committees. The evaluation covered a range of matters including the balance of contributions, quality of debate
and constructive challenge, senior leadership succession, stakeholder engagement, the effectiveness of agenda
planning and the quality and timeliness of meeting papers.
The results of the review were circulated to members of the Board and its recommendations were discussed and
actions were agreed and adopted at the March 2024 Board meeting. Three specific actions were identified for FY25,
as set out in the table below.
FY24 area of focus Action
SLT engagement
Continue to engage with employees during site visits, alongside more targeted engagement with
the Senior Leadership Team on an individual and Group basis.
Succession planning
Nomination Committee to continue to focus on succession planning at Board and senior
leadership level, factoring in the Company’s diversity, equity and inclusion objectives. Priorities
include succession planning for the Senior Independent Director and Remuneration Committee
Chair roles.
Board development
Review the Board development programme, ensuring that pertinent topics such as digital strategy
are covered during the course of the year.
The evaluation established that the Board remains satisfied that each Director contributes effectively to the Board
and its committees.
Election or re-election of Directors
In compliance with the 2018 Code, all current Directors will stand for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. The Board
has determined that all Directors standing for election or re-election at the AGM continue to be effective, hold recent
and relevant experience and continue to demonstrate commitment to the role.
Biographical details of each Director standing for election or re-election will be set out in the Notice of AGM.
John Walden
Nomination Committee Chair
13 June 2024
94 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the report of
the ESG Committee (the Committee)
for FY24. The principal purpose
of this report is to look back over
the financial year ended 31 March
2024 and describe the Committee’s
responsibilities and activities
during the year. In addition to my
Committee responsibilities,
I also attended management’s
internal ESG meetings, and I
continue to be impressed with
Motorpoint’s commitment to doing
what is right and responsible.
The Committee oversees the
development and implementation
of the Groups ESG strategy and
monitors its performance in relation
to ESG matters.
In FY24, the ESG Committee met
three times, where it focused on
monitoring the Groups sustainability
and diversity objectives. Our
measurement of our performance in
relation to ESG goals has significantly
improved since the Committee
was created in 2022, which was
illustrated by the Financial Times’
formal recognition of Motorpoint
as one of Europes Climate Leaders,
identifying us as one of the
European companies that has been
most successful in reducing core
greenhouse gas emissions relative
to revenue. We are pleased to see
continued improvement in our main
climate change measures, such as
energy usage, business travel and
recycled/landfill waste.
Committee composition
and membership
The Committee currently comprises
three independent Non Executive
Directors, the CEO and CFO.
Only members of the Committee
are entitled to attend the meetings.
Key team members, such as the
Head of Internal Audit and Risk,
and Head of People, may be invited
to attend for all or parts of any
meeting, as and when appropriate.
ESG Committee
Chairs statement
Further strong
progress made,
evidenced by the
Financial Times’
Europe Climate
Leader accolade.
Adele Cooper,
ESG Committee Chair
Committee
Governance
Committee membership
and attendance
During the year, the
Committee comprised:
Adele Cooper (Chair)
Keith Mansfield
Mary McNamara
Mark Carpenter (CEO)
Chris Morgan (CFO)
The Committee met three times
during the year. Attendance is
set out in the table on page 85.
ESG Committee report
95Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Role of the Committee
The role and responsibilities of
the Committee are set out in its
Terms of Reference, which were
reviewed in FY24 and can be found
on the Company’s website. The key
objectives of the Committee are to:
assist the Board in overseeing the
development and implementation
of the Groups ESG strategy and
monitoring its performance in
relation to ESG matters;
oversee and support stakeholder
engagement on ESG matters,
including, but not limited to,
understanding stakeholder
reporting expectations;
review, prior to approval by the
Board, the ESG matters to be
presented in the Company’s
Annual Report and monitor the
integrity of these reports;
oversee and monitor the
Groups progress against any
net zero, decarbonisation or
other environmental, social or
governance strategies; and
make proposals to the
Remuneration Committee
regarding appropriate ESG
related performance objectives
for Executive Directors. Provide
an assessment as to the
outcomes of the ESG related
performance objectives as at the
end of the reporting period.
I would like to thank my colleagues
in the Committee for their valued
contributions, as well as extending my
thanks to our colleagues within the
business who have enthusiastically
embraced the Groups vision and aims
in relation to ESG.
Adele Cooper
ESG Committee Chair
13 June 2024
96 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Remuneration Committee report
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the
Company’s Directors’ Remuneration
Report for the financial year ended
31 March 2024. This report is split
into two sections:
the Directors’ Remuneration
policy, which sets out the
remuneration policy that was
approved by shareholders at
the 2023 AGM; and
the Annual report on
remuneration, which includes
this Chair’s statement and sets out
in detail how the remuneration
policy has been applied in the
year to 31 March 2024, as well as
how the policy will be applied in
the forthcoming year.
The Annual report on remuneration
will be subject to an advisory
shareholder vote at the 2024 AGM.
Performance for FY24 and
remuneration outcomes
The business continued to encounter
a number of well documented
macroeconomic headwinds during
FY24, which included higher interest
rates and inflation, consumer
uncertainty which reduced demand,
supply chain challenges, and a falling
used vehicle market. These have
culminated in our financial targets not
being met for the FY24 annual bonus.
Whilst the non-financial elements
of the bonus plan have delivered
performance above threshold targets
in relation to Customer, Employee,
Digital sales and reduction in
Scope 1 and 2 emissions, due to the
challenging trading performance and
the impact on financial performance,
the Committee used its discretion
to reduce the level of bonus payable
from 20.2% to 10.0% of maximum,
which will apply to both the
Executive Directors and the Senior
Leadership Team.
Remuneration
Committee
Chairs statement
The Committee
has ensured that
remuneration is aligned
to the shareholder
experience. The
business encountered a
challenging FY24, which
has been reflected in
our approach this year,
whilst ensuring that
the management team
remain committed and
motivated to delivering
a strong performance
in FY25 and beyond,
as market conditions
continue to improve.
Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
Committee
Governance
Committee membership
and attendance
During the year, the
Committee comprised:
Mary McNamara (Chair)
Adele Cooper
Keith Mansfield
The Committee met four times
during the year and attendance
is set out in the table on
page 85.
97Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
The Restricted Share Awards (RSAs)
granted to the CEO, CFO and other
senior management in June 2021 will
vest in June 2024. We are satisfied
that the performance underpin has
been achieved over the three year
performance period to 31 March
2024. In particular, management
has made significant strategic
progress in very challenging market
conditions and created a platform
for further future growth. Executives
have also been aligned to the
shareholder experience over the
Application of the Policy
for FY25
Given the continued challenging
market conditions there will be no
salary increases for both Executive
and Non Executive Directors in FY25,
with the average increase for the
wider workforce being limited to
2% of salary (other than for those
impacted by living wage increases).
The annual bonus opportunity will
remain at 100% of salary and is
based on performance measures
aligned to the business strategy.
Measures and their weightings
for FY25 have been reviewed
and are as follows: PBT (25%),
market share growth (25%), sales
attributed to digital leads (10%),
cars acquired from consumers
(15%), customer satisfaction (10%),
employee engagement (10%) and
an environmental metric based
on the reduction of Scope 1 and 2
emissions (5%).
vesting period, with lower values
on vesting as a result of the fall in
share price since the grant date,
both for this award and for the FY23
award, and in relation to their own
personal shareholdings. On this
basis, after careful consideration,
the Committee determined that the
award for the CEO and CFO should
be capable of vesting 50% in June
2024, 25% in June 2025 and 25% in
June 2026 with all shares required to
be held for five years from grant.
Restricted Share Awards will be made
over shares equivalent to 75% of
salary for both Executive Directors.
We will review the grant level at the
time the award is made but at the
share price at the time of writing
(which is higher than the share price
at the time of the prior year’s award)
we anticipate making the award at
the normal policy level. A robust
performance underpin will apply and
will continue to include an element
based on long term ESG performance
and we will review the award level on
vesting to ensure that there have not
been any windfall gains.
We believe that Motorpoint’s
approach to remuneration is
appropriate, taking into account
the application of discretion across
the wider Senior Leadership Team,
workforce remuneration outcomes
and the wider stakeholder experience.
The RSA value in the table below
is the value of the FY24 award at
the date of grant. To recognise the
fall in share price compared to the
prior year’s award and to ensure that
the number of shares granted was
not excessive, the share price used
to calculate the number of shares
in the grant level of 75% of salary
was based on a ‘reference price’ of
130.0p, instead of the price at the
time of grant (which was 100.5p
on 27 June 2023). This effectively
resulted in a scale back of the award
from 75% of salary to 58% of salary.
The Committee considers its exercise
of discretion in relation to the FY24
bonus outcome to be appropriate
taking into account the financial
performance of the Company and
the stakeholder experience during
the year. The Committee is satisfied
that the remuneration policy operated
as intended for FY24 and that only
minimal changes are required for
FY25 to its operation to ensure greater
alignment of incentives with delivery
of strategic priorities.
On behalf of all of my colleagues
on the Committee, I hope that you
will support the resolution on the
Annual report on remuneration at
this year’s AGM.
Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
13 June 2024
The table below provides a summary of total remuneration for the Executive Directors for FY24.
Salary
(£’000)
Benefits
(£’000)
Pension
(£’000)
Bonus
(£’000)
RSA
(£’000)
Total
(£’000)
Mark Carpenter 371 2 11 37 215 636
Chris Morgan 271 2 8 27 157 465
98 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202498 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Remuneration policy
This section of the report details the
Remuneration policy for Executive
Directors. The policy set out below
was approved by shareholders at
the AGM on 26 July 2023 and will
apply for up to three years from
this date.
Compliance statement
This report has been prepared in
accordance with the provisions
of the Companies Act 2006 and
Schedule 8 of the Large and
Medium sized Companies and
Groups (Accounts and Reports)
(Amendment) Regulations 2013
(Regulations) and the subsequent
amendments in 2018 and 2019.
It also meets the requirements of
the UK Listing Authority’s Listing
Rules and the Disclosure and
Transparency Rules. The sections
of the Remuneration Report that
are subject to audit are marked as
Audited Information. The remaining
sections of the Remuneration Report
are not subject to audit.
Decision-making process for
the determination, review and
implementation of the policy
The Committee sets the
remuneration policy for Executive
Directors and other senior executives
taking into account the Company’s
strategic objectives, shareholder
expectations, the principles of the
UK Corporate Governance Code
and the remuneration policy for the
wider workforce. The aim of the
remuneration policy is to provide
an appropriate pay structure for
the Executive Directors and Senior
Management, to ensure their
retention and to continue to focus
them on delivering strong financial
performance. To manage any
potential conflicts of interest, the
Committee ensures that
no individual is involved in
discussions regarding their own
remuneration arrangements.
The implementation of the policy
is considered each year by the
Committee in light of the strategic
priorities and the wider stakeholder
experience whilst incentive targets
are reviewed to check if they
remain appropriate or need to
be recalibrated.
The Committee addresses
the following factors when
determining the remuneration
policy and its implementation,
as recommended by the UK
Corporate Governance Code:
Principle Committee approach
Clarity – remuneration arrangements should be
transparent and promote effective engagement
with shareholders and the workforce
The metrics used in our annual bonus have a direct link to our Company KPIs
to ensure performance related remuneration supports and drives our strategy
Restricted Shares ensure senior management are focused on the long term
sustainability and interests of the Company and all of its stakeholders
The Remuneration Committee consults with shareholders to explain and clearly
set out any proposed changes to the policy and is committed to having an open
and constructive dialogue with shareholders
Simplicity – remuneration structures should
avoid complexity and their rationale and
operation should be easy to understand
Our remuneration structure which consists of annual bonus and Restricted
Shares, which are not subject to performance measures, is simple and easy
to understand
The bonus is payable in cash. The Restricted Shares are the sole share based plan
Risk – remuneration arrangements should
ensure reputational and other risks from
excessive rewards, and behavioural risks that
can arise from target based incentive plans,
are identified and mitigated
The Committee has ensured that risks are identified and mitigated by the
presence of:
discretion to override the formulaic outturn of incentives
clawback and malus provisions
Restricted Shares ensure senior executives are not encouraged to make short
term decisions but to deliver sustainable shareholder returns over the long term
Executives are encouraged to build significant shareholdings
Predictability – the range of possible values of
rewards to individual Directors and any other
limits or discretions should be identified and
explained at the time of approving the policy
The scenario charts on page 102 set out the potential rewards available to the
Executive Directors under three different performance scenarios, and in the case
of a 50% share price increase in relation to the Restricted Shares
Proportionality – the link between individual
awards, the delivery of strategy and the long
term performance of the Company should
be clear. Outcomes should not reward
poor performance
Variable pay comprises the majority of the Executive Directors’ packages, with
the individual limits and payout for different levels of performance set out in the
policy and the scenario charts on page 102. The performance conditions used for
the annual bonus are aligned to strategy and the targets are set to be stretching
to reward for delivering above market returns in line with strategy
The Committee retains discretion to override the formulaic outturns of incentives
if the payout does not reflect broader Company performance and other factors
Alignment to culture – incentive schemes
should drive behaviours consistent with
Company purpose, values and strategy
The alignment of metrics to the medium and long term strategy ensures behaviours
consistent with the Company’s purpose and values are being encouraged
The presence of clawback and malus provisions discourages behaviours that
are not consistent with the Company’s purpose, values and strategy
The Committee reviews the wider workforce pay and policies to ensure there is
alignment with the Executive Director policy and that remuneration is designed
to support the Company’s people centric culture
99Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 99Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
A breakdown of all elements of the Executive Remuneration Policy and an explanation of how they operate can be
found in the table below:
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
Base salary
To aid the recruitment
of Executive Directors
of a suitable calibre
for the role and to
provide a core level of
reward to reflect the
duties required.
Base salaries will normally be reviewed
annually by the Committee with any increases
typically taking effect from 1 April each year.
Base salary levels are set
at a level to reflect the
experience, skills and
responsibilities of the
individual as well as the
scope and scale of their role.
Increases to base salary
will take into account the
performance of the individual
and Company and external
indicators such as inflation.
While there is no maximum
salary, increases will normally
be in line with the typical level
of increase awarded to other
employees of the Group.
The Committee may award
increases above this level
to ensure that the salaries
appropriately reflect the role,
responsibilities, performance
and experience of the Directors.
Benefits
To provide a market
competitive benefits
package for the
executives to aid
recruitment and
retention.
The benefits offered to Executive Directors
comprise, but are not limited to, family
medical insurance and company car.
The Committee may offer an equivalent cash
allowance instead if it feels it is more suitable.
Other reasonable benefits may be offered
as appropriate (including, in exceptional
circumstances, relocation and/or
disturbance allowances).
Executive Directors may also be reimbursed
for any reasonable expenses incurred in
performing their duties, and any income tax
payable thereon.
Not applicable. There is no maximum limit
on the value of the benefits
provided but the Committee
monitors the total cost of
the benefit provision on a
regular basis.
Pension
To provide market
competitive pension
arrangements for the
executives and to
aid recruitment and
retention.
Executive Directors are eligible for a contribution
to the Group personal pension plan, or any other
nominated personal pension fund.
Where appropriate, Executive Directors
may instead receive a cash allowance in
lieu of formal pension contributions, or a
combination of both.
Not applicable. A pension contribution is
payable in line with the
pension available to the
majority of the workforce,
currently 3% of salary.
Annual bonus
To encourage
improved financial
and operational
performance and
align the interests
of Directors with
the short term
Company strategy.
Bonus payments are subject to the
achievement of performance targets
normally set over one financial year.
Annual bonuses are payable at the sole
discretion of the Committee. The Committee
has discretion to adjust the formula driven
outturn of the annual bonus calculation.
All bonus payments are payable in cash
and subject to appropriate recovery and
withholding arrangements.
Performance will normally be
based on a mix of financial,
operational and/or non
financial measures aligned
to the strategic objectives of
the business.
Financial performance will
usually be represented by
PBT targets, although the
Committee reserves the right
to include other measures
in support of the Company
strategy as it sees fit.
Stretching performance
targets will be determined
taking into account internal
and external forecasts. For
threshold performance, up to
30% of maximum is payable.
100% of salary.
100 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024100 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
Long term incentives – Restricted Shares
To encourage
improved financial
and operational
performance and
align the interests
of Directors with
the long term
Company strategy
and the interests of
shareholders through
share ownership.
Awards will normally be granted following
the publication of the Company’s annual
results each year.
Restricted Shares may normally vest no
sooner than 50%, 25% and 25% over three,
four and five years from grant, subject to
service, and subject to an underpinning
financial performance condition.
Awards are additionally subject to a post
vesting holding period during which time
vested shares may not be sold (other than
for tax) before five years from grant.
This holding period will continue post
cessation of employment (to the extent that
awards do not lapse).
The Committee may determine that dividend
equivalents will accrue over the vesting/
holding period.
Vesting of awards is at the sole discretion
of the Committee and the Committee may
reduce the level of the award after grant and
at vesting, if it considers that it is appropriate
to do so.
Restricted Shares are subject to recovery
and withholding arrangements.
In order for Restricted Shares
to vest, the Remuneration
Committee must be satisfied
that business performance
is robust and sustainable
and that management
has strengthened the
business. In assessing this
performance condition,
the Committee will consider
financial and non-financial
KPIs, including ESG targets,
as well as delivery against
strategic priorities. To the
extent it is not satisfied that
this performance condition
is met, the Committee
may scale back the level
of vested awards including
to zero. This performance
assessment will take place
at the end of the third year.
Normally 75% of salary in any
year. However, an individual
maximum of 100% of salary
may apply in exceptional
circumstances.
All employee share plans
To align the interests
of Directors and other
employees with those
of the shareholders
through share
ownership.
The Company has adopted employee share
plans in which the Executive Directors are
eligible to participate on the same terms as
all other employees.
Not applicable. In line with statutory limits.
Shareholding guidelines
To align the interests
of Directors with those
of the shareholders
through share
ownership.
All Executive Directors are required to build
and maintain a shareholding equivalent in
value to 200% of their annual base salary.
Until this guideline is met, Directors must
retain half of any Restricted Shares that vest
(after payment of tax and national insurance
contributions) together with any shares
deferred as part of the bonus (if applicable).
Post cessation of employment, executives
will be required to retain the lower of the
shareholding requirement (200% of salary)
or the actual shares they hold on cessation
of employment for a period of two years.
Any voluntary purchases of shares by the
executives from the start of the previous
policy period will be excluded from this
requirement. The Committee has discretion
to amend the requirement in certain
circumstances as it considers appropriate.
Not applicable. Not applicable.
Remuneration policy continued
101Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 101Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Choice of performance measures
The Committee retains flexibility as to the choice of performance measures for future annual bonus awards.
Measures will be selected as appropriate to reflect the business strategy and to ensure the delivery of sound financial
performance. The current performance measures are disclosed in the Annual report on remuneration, together with
the link to the business strategy. The Committee sets appropriate and stretching targets for the annual bonus in the
context of the Company’s business plan, trading environment and strategic plan.
Incentive plan operation
The Committee will operate the Company’s incentive plans according to their respective rules and consistent with
normal market practice, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant, including flexibility in a number of regards.
This includes timing of awards, dealing with leavers and making adjustments to awards following acquisitions,
disposals, changes in share capital and other merger and acquisition activity. The Committee also retains the
ability to adjust the targets and/or set different measures for the annual bonus plan if events occur which cause it
to determine that the conditions are no longer appropriate and the amendment is required so that the conditions
achieve their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy. The Committee may adjust the formula
driven outturn of the annual bonus calculation in the event it considers that the outturn does not reflect underlying
performance, overall shareholder experience or employee reward outcome.
Recovery and withholding provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of awards
granted under the annual bonus plan and Restricted Shares in certain circumstances (including where there is
a material misstatement or restatement of audited accounts, an error in assessing any applicable performance
condition or bonus outcome, or in the event of gross misconduct on the part of the participant, corporate failure,
failure of risk management or reputational damage).
Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual report on remuneration.
Remuneration Policy for Non Executive Directors
The table below sets out how pay is structured for the Non Executive Directors (NEDs).
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
Fees
To ensure a fair reward
for services provided
to the Company.
NEDs receive a fixed base fee in cash or shares
for their role on the Board, plus supplementary
fees for additional responsibilities such as
performing the role of SID or chairing one of
the Board committees.
The Non Executive Chair receives a fixed fee
only, and is not eligible for any additional
responsibility fees.
Fee levels are reviewed normally on an annual
basis, and may be increased taking into
account factors such as the time commitment
and complexity of the role and market levels in
companies of comparable size and complexity
and other broadly comparable companies.
Each NED will be entitled to be reimbursed
for all reasonable expenses incurred by them
in the course of their duties to the Company
(plus amounts in respect of any tax payable)
and has the benefit of indemnity insurance
maintained by the Group on their behalf
indemnifying them against liabilities they
may potentially incur to third parties as a
result of his/her office as Director.
Where there has been a material increase
in time commitment in the year, fees may
be temporarily increased to reflect this.
Not applicable. Current fee levels are set
out in the Annual report
on remuneration.
Aggregate fee levels are
subject to the maximum
limit set out in the Articles
of Association.
Share ownership guidelines
To align the interests of
Directors with those of
shareholders through
share ownership.
All NEDs are encouraged to build and
maintain a shareholding equivalent in value
to 100% of their annual fees.
Not applicable. Not applicable.
£1,400,000
£1,200,000
£1,000,000
£800,000
£600,000
£400,000
£200,000
£0,000
Chief Executive Officer
(Mark Carpenter)
Chief Financial Officer
(Chris Morgan)
£384,000
Threshold ThresholdTarget TargetMaximum MaximumMaximum
with 50%
share price
appreciation
Maximum
with 50%
share price
appreciation
£281,000
£646,000
£1,034,000
£886,000
Fixed Pay Annual Bonus Restricted Shares
100% 43%
25%
32%
37%
36%
27%
34%
100%
36%
27%
35%
32%
37%
33%
31%
35%
£1,199,000
£754,000
£856,000
25%
44%
31%
102 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024102 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Reward scenarios
The bar charts in this section detail how the composition of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package varies at
different levels of performance.
Threshold includes fixed pay only (i.e. base salary, benefits and pension)
On target includes fixed pay, 60% of maximum bonus, and full vesting of Restricted Shares
Maximum includes fixed pay, maximum bonus payout, and full vesting of Restricted Shares
Maximum plus the impact of 50% share price appreciation on Restricted Shares
Salary levels are effective as at 1 April 2024, and the value for benefits is the cost of providing those benefits in FY24.
No share price growth has been factored into the chart, except where indicated, and all amounts have been rounded
to the nearest £1,000.
Remuneration policy continued
Approach to recruitment remuneration
In determining the remuneration package for a new Executive Director, the Committee takes into account the skills
and experience of the individual, the market rate for a candidate of that experience and the importance of securing
the individual.
New Executive Director hires (including those promoted internally) will be offered packages in line with the policy
in place at the time, except as noted below.
If it is considered appropriate to set the salary for a new Executive Director at a level which is below market, his or
her salary may be increased in future periods to achieve the desired market positioning by way of a series of phased
above inflation increases, subject to his or her continued development in the role.
Any bonus payment for the year of joining will normally be prorated to reflect the proportion of the period worked,
and the Committee may set different performance measures and targets, depending on the timing and nature of
the appointment.
The ongoing annual bonus and restricted shares opportunities will be in line with the limits set out in the policy table.
The Committee recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to provide compensation for amounts
forfeited from a previous employer (buy out awards). Any buy out awards would be limited to the value of remuneration
forfeited when leaving the former employer and would be structured so as to be, to the extent possible, no more
generous in terms of the key terms (e.g. delivery mechanism, time to vesting, expected value and performance
conditions) than the incentive it is replacing. Where possible, any such payments would be facilitated through the
Company’s existing incentive plans, but, if not, the awards may be granted outside of these plans, as permitted under
the Listing Rules, which allow for the grant of awards to facilitate the recruitment of an Executive Director.
In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will be allowed
to continue according to its original terms or adjusted as considered appropriate to reflect the new role.
103Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 103Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
External directorships
Executive Directors are permitted to take on external non executive directorships at other listed companies,
though normally only one other appointment, to bring a further external perspective to the Group and help in the
development of key individuals’ experience. In order to avoid any conflicts of interest, all appointments are subject
to the approval of the Nomination Committee. Executive Directors are permitted to retain the fees arising from any
appointments undertaken.
Service contracts and payments for loss of office
The terms of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointments are available for inspection at the Company’s
registered office.
Director
Date of initial
appointment Date of expiry
Notice period by
Company or Director
Executive Directors
Mark Carpenter 12 May 2016 N/A 9 months
Chris Morgan 11 January 2021 N/A 9 months
Non Executive Directors
John Walden 10 January 2022 10 January 2025 3 months
Mary McNamara 13 May 2016 14 May 2025 3 months
Adele Cooper 6 March 2020 6 March 2026 3 months
Keith Mansfield 20 May 2020 20 May 2026 3 months
The remuneration related elements of the current contracts for Executive Directors are as follows:
Provisions Treatment
Termination
payment
The Company may (at its discretion) elect to terminate the employment by making a payment in lieu of notice
equivalent in value to the base salary which the Executive Director would have received during any unexpired period
of notice.
Mitigation
The payment in lieu of notice will be payable in monthly instalments (subject to mitigation, i.e. reduced on a pound
for pound basis if alternative employment/engagement is taken up during the payment period).
Annual bonus
There is no contractual right to any bonus payment in the event of termination although in certain circumstances the
Committee may exercise its discretion to pay a bonus at the normal time for the period of active service and based on
performance assessed after the end of the financial year. The holding period in respect of deferred shares, if applicable,
will normally be retained.
Share awards
The default treatment for Restricted Shares under the Performance Share Plan rules is for all unvested awards to lapse
in full on cessation.
However, if the participant ceases to be an employee or a Director within the Group because of his/her death, injury,
disability, retirement, redundancy, their employing company or the business for which they work being sold out of
the Group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, then his/her award will normally vest on the
original scheduled vesting date (except in the case of death, where the default position will be for the award to vest
on cessation of employment).
The default position in this case is that an award will vest subject to: (i) the assessment of the performance underpin
over the measurement period; and (ii) the prorating of the award by reference to the period of time served in
employment during the normal vesting period. However, the Committee can decide to allow early vesting and/or
reduce or eliminate the prorating of an award if it regards it as appropriate to do so in the particular circumstances.
Other
Outstanding shares or awards under an all employee share plan will vest in accordance with the terms of the plan and
HMRC legislation.
The Committee may pay any statutory entitlements or settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination
of employment, where considered in the best interest of the Company.
Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may also be provided.
104 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024104 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Remuneration policy continued
Legacy arrangements
In approving this Directors’ Remuneration policy, authority is given to the Company to honour any commitments
entered into with current or former Directors that have been disclosed to and approved by shareholders in
previous years. Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration as
they arise.
Consideration of pay conditions within the wider team
When making decisions on executive remuneration, the Committee takes into account pay conditions for the
Company as a whole. The Remuneration Committee Chair has attended meetings during the year with employees
to provide background on how the pay for senior executives aligns to the pay practices for the workforce generally.
Feedback has been generally positive around the Company culture and values and there was no specific feedback on
remuneration matters.
The Group has a strong ‘team culture’ and accordingly there is consistency in how packages are structured across
the whole Senior Management team, with all Executive Directors and Senior Managers participating in the same
annual incentive plan.
However, there are some differences in the structure of the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors
compared with other Senior Managers, which the Committee believes are necessary to reflect the different levels
of responsibility. The two main differences are the increased emphasis on variable pay for Executive Directors and
a greater focus on long term alignment (through additional holding periods for the long term incentive awards and
minimum shareholding guidelines). Within the wider Group, all employees receive salary, benefits and pension and
are eligible to receive an annual bonus. Periodic reviews against market data are undertaken to ensure an appropriate
cascade of remuneration throughout the Group.
We are proud to be a Real Living Wage employer.
Shareholder views
The Committee values the views of the Company’s shareholders and takes into account guidance from shareholder
representative bodies.
As part of the Remuneration policy review, the Committee engaged with the largest shareholders and the proxy
advisory bodies to understand their views on the proposed policy. Further details of this engagement are set out
in last year’s Annual Statement in the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM, as well as any additional feedback received during the year,
is considered as part of the Company’s annual review.
105Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 105Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Annual report on remuneration
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Part 4 of The Large and Medium sized Companies and
Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (as amended in 2018 and 2019) which amended
The Large and Medium sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, and 9.8.6R of the
Listing Rules. The Annual report on remuneration, including the Chair’s annual statement, will be put to an advisory
shareholder vote at our 2024 AGM.
Committee membership and attendance
During the year, the Committee comprised:
Mary McNamara (Chair)
Adele Cooper
Keith Mansfield
The Chair and CEO attend meetings by invitation but are not members of the Committee.
The Committee met four times during the year and attendance is set out in the table on page 85.
Advice to the Committee
The Committee receives information and takes advice from inside and outside the Group. Internal support is provided
by the Company Secretary. The CEO and any other Director or employee may be invited to attend Committee
meetings by the Chair where relevant. No individual is present when matters relating to his or her own remuneration
are discussed.
Following a formal review by the Committee during 2020, Korn Ferry was appointed as advisor to the Committee.
Korn Ferry is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct and has confirmed to the Committee
that it adheres in all respects to the terms of the Code. Fees paid to Korn Ferry during the year were £22,268
(ex VAT), which reflected the applicable hourly rates agreed with Korn Ferry. The Committee is satisfied, following
a discussion involving all the members of the Committee, that the advice it received is objective and independent.
Korn Ferry did not provide any other services to the Company during the year.
Remuneration in FY24
Directors’ single figure of remuneration (audited)
The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Directors of the Company during FY24 and also sets
out the comparative information for FY23.
Director Period
Salary/fees
(£’000)
Benefits
1
(£’000)
Pension
(£’000) Other
2
Total fixed
remuneration
(£’000)
3
RSA
3
(£’000)
Bonus
(£’000)
Total variable
remuneration
(£’000)
Total
(£’000)
Mark Carpenter
FY24 371 2 11 0 384 215 37 252 636
FY23 360 2 36 0 398 270 140 410 808
Chris Morgan
FY24 271 2 8 0 281 157 27 184 465
FY23 263 2 8 0 273 197 102 299 572
John Walden
FY24 206 0 0 0 206 0 0 0 206
FY23 200 0 0 0 200 0 0 0 200
Mary McNamara
FY24 59 0 0 0 59 0 0 0 59
FY23 58 0 0 0 58 0 0 0 58
Adele Cooper
FY24 50 0 0 0 50 0 0 0 50
FY23 49 0 0 0 49 0 0 0 49
Keith Mansfield
FY24 54 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 54
FY23 52 0 0 0 52 0 0 0 52
1. Relates to provision of family private medical insurance.
2. This also includes the value of the discount offered in relation to the SAYE options granted during the year, which was worth £400.
3. The face value on grant of the RSA awards granted on 27 June 2023 is shown in the table above as there are no performance conditions other than
underpins tested on vesting.
106 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024106 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Details of variable pay earned in the year (audited)
Annual bonus
Executive Directors were eligible for a maximum annual bonus payment of 100% of salary, subject to PBT, market
share growth, sales attributed to digital leads, customer and employment engagement measures, along with an
environmental measure.
The table below sets out the performance conditions and targets that were set in relation to FY24 and the
performance achieved.
Performance measure
Weighting Performance required
Performance
achieved
Payout
of element
before
Committee
discretion
Bonus
payable after
Committee
discretion
Threshold
(30% of
maximum
payout
Target
(60% of
maximum
payout)
Stretch
(100% of
maximum
payout
(% of
maximum)
PBT 25% £5.0m £7.5m £10.0m £(8.2)m 0%
Growth in share of market
we operate in 25% +ve +0.2% +0.5% -ve 0%
Customer – NPS 10% 82 83 84 81.8 0%
DIGITAL MEASURES:
Sales attributed to digital leads 20% 38% 39% 40% 38.2% 7.2%
ESG MEASURES:
Employee engagement
1
10% 1 star 2 star 3 star 1 star 3%
LFL Scope 1 and 2 emissions, and
business travel reduction (Kg CO
2
per sq ft) 10% -5% -7.5% -10% -14.2% 10%
Total Bonus for the CEO
(percentage of maximum overall) 20.2% 10%
Total Bonus for the CFO
(percentage of maximum overall) 20.2% 10%
1. Approach to employee engagement moved from Best Companies b-Heard survey to Driving Seat survey, which revealed 87% satisfaction, and
have applied a 1 star equivalent performance.
The bonus payout for FY24 would be 20.2% of maximum, and would equate to a bonus for the CEO of £75,006 and
for the CFO of £54,647. As explained earlier, due to the challenging market conditions which impacted the financial
performance of the business, the Committee used its discretion to award a reduced bonus of 10.0% of maximum for
FY24. As such, this reduced the cash bonus to £37,132 for the CEO and £27,053 for the CFO.
Annual report on remuneration continued
107Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 107Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Outstanding share awards, including details of awards granted during the year and awards vesting based
on performance to 31 March 2024
The below table sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding awards under the RSA and the SAYE.
Name
Year of
grant Scheme
At
31 March
2023
Awards
granted
during the
period
Awards
exercised
during the
period
Awards
lapsed
during the
period
At
31 March
2024
Vesting
date
Exercise
price
Mark Carpenter FY21 2021 RSA 75,753 75,753 24 Aug 2023
1
FY22 2022 RSA 95,558 95,558 16 Jun 2024
1
FY23 2023 RSA 128,627 128,627 23 Jun 2025
1
FY24 2024 RSA 214,220 214,220 27 Jun 2026
1
FY20 2020 SAYE 1,565 1,565 1 Feb 2023 230.00p
FY21 2021 SAYE 1,298 1,298 1 Feb 2024 27 7.20p
FY22 2022 SAYE 1,304 1,304 1 Feb 2025 276.00p
FY23 2023 SAYE 2,589 2,589 1 Feb 2026 139.00p
FY24 2024 SAYE 5,376 5,376 1 Feb 2027 69.00p
Chris Morgan FY22 2022 RSA 69,621 69,621 16 Jun 2024
1
FY23 2023 RSA 93,482 93,482 23 Jun 2025
1
FY24 2024 RSA 156,074 156,074 27 Jun 2026
1
FY22 2022 SAYE 1,304 1,304 1 Feb 2025 276.00p
FY23 2023 SAYE 2,589 2,589 1 Feb 2026 139.00p
FY24 2024 SAYE 5,376 5,376 1 Feb 2027 69.00p
1. The first tranche of the RSA shares vest on their third anniversary of grant, at 50% of the award and then 25% vests on the fourth and fifth
anniversaries of grant.
Restricted Share Awards (RSAs)
The Restricted Share Awards level for the Executive Directors is normally 75% of salary each year. In order for
Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that, over the three financial years beginning with the year
of grant, the business performance is robust and sustainable, and that management has strengthened the business.
In assessing this performance condition, the Committee will consider financial and non-financial KPIs of the business
as well as delivery against strategic priorities. To the extent it is not satisfied that this performance condition has
been met, the Committee may scale back the level of vested awards including to zero. From the FY23 award, the
Committee is also required to consider strategic progress in relation to ESG.
RSA 2022 (audited)
RSAs in the form of nil cost options (Options) granted under the rules of the PSP were based on the average of the
closing middle market quotations of the share price during the five dealing days before grant, being 274.7 pence.
Date of grant
Grant level
as % of
salary
Shares
awarded
Share
price
Face value
of award
Estimated
value on
vesting
1
Measurement period
for performance
underpin
Vesting
schedule
2
Mark
Carpenter
16 June 2021 75% 95,558 274.7p £262,500 £109,687 1 April 2021 to
31 March 2024
50% on 16 June
2024
25% on 16 June
2025
25% on 16 June
2026
Chris
Morgan
16 June 2021 75% 69,621 274.7p £191,250 £79,915
1. Based on the three month average share price to 31 March 2024 of 114.8p.
2. Vested shares must be held until five years from grant.
108 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024108 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Assessment of performance underpin
The Committee carefully considered the achievement of the performance underpin (as described in the policy
section of this report) over the three financial years to 31 March 2024 and noted the following:
Strong progress in a very challenging market. External headwinds included dealing with the latter stages of the
Covid-19 pandemic, a serious reduction in the number of new cars produced, soaring interest and energy costs,
generally high inflation, and a resultant fall in consumer demand
Business restructured and rightsized headcount in response to the difficult trading conditions. Full time equivalent
employees at end of FY24 was 710, compared to a high of around 950 in May 2022
Successfully defending our position against new entrants in the market, some of which no longer exist
Opening of six new stores, which represents an increase of over 40% in the number of locations we trade from
Significant enhancement to our digital capabilities, with improvements to both our retail and Auction4Cars.com
web platforms. Retail website is 44% faster in March 2024 compared to a year ago
Customer satisfaction at consistently high, industry leading levels, with NPS over 80, and excellent Trustpilot
scores
Strong progress on our ESG objectives, with notable reductions in emissions (for example, Scope 1 and 2 (plus
business travel)); emissions down 15% in FY24 compared to FY23; waste was down by the same percentage over
this period)
Awarded the Financial Times accolade of being a European leader in climate change
On this basis, the Committee concluded that the performance underpin had been achieved and that there was no need
to scale back the number of vested awards. The Committee also considered the overall value of awards on vesting and
specifically the fall in share price over the period, and concluded that there was an appropriate link between reward and
performance, and alignment of interest between management and shareholders over the period.
RSA 2024 (audited)
To recognise the fall in share price compared to the prior year’s award and to ensure that the number of shares
granted was not excessive, the share price used to calculate the number of shares in the grant level of 75% of salary
was based on a ‘reference price’ of 130.0p, instead of the price at the time of grant (which was 100.5p on 27 June
2023). This effectively resulted in a scale back of the award from 75% of salary to 58% of salary.
Date of grant
Grant level as %
of salary Shares awarded Share price
Face value
of award
Measurement period for
performance underpin
Mark Carpenter 27 June 2023 58% 214,220 100.5p £215,291
1 April 2023 to
31 March 2026
Chris Morgan 27 June 2023 58% 156,074 100.5p £156,884
1 April 2023 to
31 March 2026
31 Mar 2022
Motorpoint FTSE SmallCap
31 Mar 2017 31 Mar 2018 31 Mar 2019 31 Mar 2020 31 Mar 2021 31 Mar 2023 31 Mar 202412 May 2016
140
160
180
200
120
100
80
60
40
20
Value of £100 Invested at IPO (£)
£100 Invested TSR
0
Annual report on remuneration continued
109Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 109Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Save As You Earn (SAYE) (audited)
In December of each year since 2016, Motorpoint has launched a SAYE scheme for all permanent employees. For the
FY24 scheme, eligible employees are invited to subscribe for options over the Company’s shares at an exercise price
representing a 10% discount to the average closing mid market price of the shares over the three day period ending
the dealing day before the invitation date. The maximum subscription offered is £500 per month over the 36 month
saving period.
Date of grant
SAYE options
awarded Exercise price Face value of award1 Date on which exercisable
Mark Carpenter 01 February 2024 5,376 69.0p £3,709.44
Between 1 February 2027
and 31 July 2027
Chris Morgan 01 February 2024 5,376 69.0p £3,709.44
Between 1 February 2027
and 31 July 2027
1. Face value of award based on number of SAYE options granted and a share price of 69p being the average closing mid market price of the shares
over the three day period ending the dealing day before the invitation date.
Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office (audited)
There have been no payments to past Directors and no payments for loss of office during the year.
Table of Directors’ share interests (audited)
The share interests of each Director as at 31 March 2024 (together with interests held by his or her connected
persons) are set out in the table below.
Executive Directors are required by the policy to hold shares to the value of 200% of salary and must retain 50% of
any outstanding Restricted Shares vesting (net of any taxes due) until this guideline is met. Additionally, the Non
Executive Directors are encouraged to hold shares to the value of 100% of their annual fee. Shareholdings are set out
as a percentage of salary or fees in the table below.
At 31 March 2024
Name
Beneficially
owned shares1
Unvested
Restricted
Share Awards
Vested
Unexercised
SAYE options Total
Percentage of
salary/fees2
Executive Directors
Mark Carpenter 8,781,693 476,281 12,132 9,265,939 2,717%
Chris Morgan 13,445 319,177 9,269 341,891 6%
Non Executive Directors
John Walden 137,000 137,000 76%
Mary McNamara 74,600 74,600 145%
Adele Cooper 13,327 13,327 31%
Keith Mansfield 36,876 36,876 78%
1. Some of these shares may be held through nominees.
2. Calculated as the value of all fully owned shares held at 31 March 2024 (i.e. excludes Unvested Restricted Share awards and Vested Unexercised
SAYE options), valued using the three month average share price over the period to 31 March 2024 (114.8p), divided by base salary as effective
31 March 2024.
During the period from 31 March 2024 to the publication of this report, there have been no changes in the Directors’
share interests.
None of the Directors hold any loans against their shares or otherwise use their shares as collateral.
External directorships
None of the Executive Directors currently hold non executive directorships at any other listed companies.
110 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024110 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Total Shareholder Return and Chief Executive Officer earnings history
The chart in this section shows the Company’s Total Shareholder Return performance compared with that of the
FTSE SmallCap Index over the period from the date of the Company’s admission onto the London Stock Exchange,
to 31 March 2024.
The FTSE SmallCap Index has been chosen as an appropriate comparator as it is the index of which the Company
is a constituent.
The total remuneration figure for the CEO since 9 May 2016 is shown in the table below, along with the value of
bonuses paid, and LTIP vesting, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity. Mark Carpenter has been CEO for the
entire period.
FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24
Total remuneration (£’000) 262 443 287 410 466 978 808 636
Annual bonus (% of maximum) 0% 61% 0% 39% 0% 94% 38.8% 10%
LTIP vesting (% of maximum) N/A1 N/A1 0% 0% 0% 0% 100%2 100%2
1. No long term incentive awards were eligible to vest over the relevant period.
2. Restricted shares subject to a performance underpin.
Change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The table below compares the difference in remuneration payable to the Directors over the period FY20 to FY24 to the
average employee of the Company. For the purpose of this disclosure, these figures have been compiled comparing the
average of all employees in the corresponding periods separately and are based on annualised figures for each year.
Mark Carpenter
(CEO)
Chris Morgan
(CFO)1 John Walden2 Adele Cooper3 Keith Mansfield Mary McNamara
Average
employee
in the Group
FY23 vs
FY24
Base salary/
fees % change
3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 6.6%
Benefits %
change
(65.8)% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Annual bonus
% change4
(73.6)% (73.6)% 0% 0% 0% 0% (40.4)%
FY22 vs
FY23
Base salary/
fees % change
3.0% 3.0% N/A 22.5% 10.6% 9.4% 10.6%
Benefits %
change
0% 0% N/A 0% 0% 0% 0%
Annual bonus
% change3
(57.0)% (57.0)% N/A 0% 0% 0% 11.6%
FY21 vs
FY22
Base salary/
fees % change
51.5% N/A N/A 5.3% 1 7.5% 8.2% 8.5%
Benefits %
change
0% N/A N/A 0% 0% 0% 14.6%
Annual bonus
% change3
100.0% N/A N/A 0% 0% 0% 41.4%
FY20 vs
FY21
Base salary/
fees % change
(15.7)% N/A N/A N/A N/A (7.5)% 4.5%
Benefits %
change
0% N/A N/A N/A N/A 0% 3.0%
Annual bonus
% change3
(100.0)% N/A N/A N/A N/A 0% (4.5)%
1. Chris Morgan joined the Board in January 2021.
2. John Walden joined the Board in January 2022.
3. Adele Cooper’s increase also reflects taking on the additional role of Chair of the ESG Committee in FY23.
4. Includes performance related commission for employees; Executive Directors elected not to take an annual bonus in 2021 or 2024.
Annual report on remuneration continued
111Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 111Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
CEO to employee pay ratio
The table below discloses the ratio between the CEOs remuneration and Motorpoint’s wider workforce.
FY Method
25th percentile
pay ratio
Median
pay ratio
75th percentile
pay ratio
2024 Option A 20.2:1 14.1:1 10.2:1
2023 Option A 29.5:1 25.8:1 15.1:1
2022 Option A 31.3:1 28.3:1 16.4:1
2021 Option A 17.6:1 15.8:1 10.7:1
2020 Option A 20.5:1 18.0:1 10.25:1
Disclosure of employee data used to calculate the ratio for FY24:
25th percentile Median 75th percentile
Total pay and benefits of employees £28,000 £39,905 £54,253
Basic salary of employees £22,318 £25,525 £29,586
The table above sets out the CEO pay ratio for each financial year from FY20. The CEO pay is compared to the pay
of our UK employees at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile, calculated by reference to 31 March 2024.
In line with last year’s calculation, the ratios have been calculated in accordance with Option A, as this is considered
to be the most accurate method of calculation.
CEO pay has been calculated using the total single figure. The total pay for the employees comprises full time
equivalent salary, benefits, pension and annual bonus payments relating to FY24 performance. Remuneration for part
time employees has been calculated on a full time basis based on the full time number of hours for the role.
At 14.1:1, the median CEO pay ratio has decreased for FY24 compared to FY23; this is primarily due to a lower level of
bonus being paid in FY24.
The Committee is satisfied the ratios are representative of Motorpoint’s pay and reward policies, taking into account
that the reward policies and practices across the Group are considered by the Committee in the design and
implementation of the remuneration policy each year for the Executive Directors.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in employee costs and dividends paid in FY24 compared to the
prior year.
FY23
(£m)
FY24
(£m)
Percentage
change
Total employee remuneration 36.2 33.1 (8.6)%
Dividends paid 0 0 0%
Statement of shareholder voting (2023 AGM voting)
The following table shows the voting results at the Company’s 2023 AGM in respect of the resolution on the
Remuneration Report for FY23 and the resolution to approve the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy.
Votes cast
% votes
for
% votes
against
Votes
withheld
Directors’ Remuneration Report FY23 (2023 AGM) 97.73 2.27 1
Directors’ Remuneration Policy FY23 (2023 AGM) 97.73 2.27 0
Implementation of the policy in FY25
A summary of how the remuneration policy will be applied during the forthcoming financial year is set out here.
Base salaries
Salaries will be frozen in FY25, which compares to an average increase for the workforce for FY25 of 2%.
1 April 2023 1 April 2024
Percentage
change
Mark Carpenter £371,315 £371,315 0%
Chris Morgan £270,529 £270,529 0%
112 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024112 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Benefits and pension
No changes are proposed to the provision benefits. Executive Directors will continue to receive family private medical
insurance, and a company car. Pension contributions (or cash in lieu of pension) will be 3% of salary for the CEO and CFO.
Annual bonus
The annual bonus opportunity will remain at 100% of salary and is based on performance measures aligned to the
business strategy. The Committee has reviewed the measures and weightings in light of the strategic priorities for
FY25. The measures are as follows: PBT (25%), market share growth (25%), sales attributed to digital leads (10%), cars
acquired from consumers (15%), customer satisfaction (10%), employee engagement (10%) and an environmental
metric based on the reduction of Scope 1 and 2 emissions (5%).
PBT measures the delivery of sustainable profitable growth whilst growth in market share and cars acquired from
consumers directly link to the strategy pillar to increase customer acquisition and retention. Our customers and
employees are two priority stakeholder groups and ensuring high levels of customer satisfaction and employee
engagement link to our strategic pillars of expanding wholesale and E-commerce channels and operational efficiency
through technology and innovation. The inclusion of the environmental metric reflects Motorpoint’s commitment to
ESG and the specific focus on reducing our greenhouse gas emissions.
The Committee considers the forward looking targets to be commercially sensitive as they relate to the current financial
year, but full disclosure of targets and performance against them will be provided in next year’s Annual Report.
Long term incentives
We will review the grant level at the time the award is made but at the share price at the time of writing (which is higher
than the share price used to determine the prior year’s award) we anticipate making the award at the normal policy level of
75% of salary.
In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that business performance is robust and sustainable
and that management has strengthened the business. In assessing this performance condition, the Committee will consider
financial and non-financial KPIs, including ESG performance, as well as delivery against strategic priorities. To the extent it is
not satisfied that this performance condition is met, the Committee may scale back the level of vested awards, including to
zero. This performance assessment will take place at the end of the third year.
The shares will vest 50%, 25% and 25% at years three, four and five, respectively, subject to the achievement of the
underpin. All vested awards would need to be held (other than sales to pay any tax) for a total of five years from grant.
Chair and Non Executive Directors’ fees
The fees payable to the Chair and NEDs for FY25 will remain the same as in FY24.
Non Executive Chair £206,000
Other NEDs £46,350
Additional responsibility fees:
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
£7,725
Chair of the Audit Committee £7,725
Chair of the ESG Committee £3,865
Senior Independent Director £5,150
Approval
This report was approved by the Board on 13 June 2024 and is signed on its behalf by:
Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
13 June 2024
Annual report on remuneration continued
113Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 113Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
The Directors present their report, together with the audited financial statements of the Group and the Company,
for the year ended 31 March 2024.
The Directors’ report comprises the Board biographies (on pages 80 and 81), the Corporate Governance report
(from pages 80 to 119), the Directors’ report (from pages 113 to 117) and the Shareholder information section
(on page 170).
The following information is provided in other appropriate sections of the Annual Report and is incorporated by the
following references:
Information Reported in Page numbers
Likely future developments and performance of the
Company Strategic report 14
Employee engagement Strategic report 34
SECR Strategic report 40 to 42
Stakeholder engagement Strategic report 33 to 37
Corporate Governance statement 80 to 85
Directors Board leadership and purpose 83
Remuneration report – Directors’ beneficial
interests and shareholding requirements 109
Viability statement Strategic report 70 to 71
Details of Long Term Incentive Plan Remuneration report 107 and 108
Accounting policies Financial statements 132 to 141
Financial instruments Financial statements 154 to 157
Financial risk management Financial statements 154 to 157
Composition/operation of Board and committees Corporate Governance report 83
Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association may only be made by passing a special resolution at
a general meeting of the shareholders of the Company.
Directors
The names of Directors who served during or served the end of the year of their period of appointment, are listed
on pages 80 to 81, together with details of each Director’s skills, experience and current external appointments.
Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Company’s Articles of Association provide for the Directors and officers to be appropriately indemnified subject
to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The Company also holds Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
cover in place for the year and up to the date of signing this report.
Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acted as auditors throughout the year. In accordance with Section 489 and Section 492 of
the Companies Act 2006, resolutions proposing the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s
auditors and authorising the Directors to determine the auditor’s remuneration will be put to the 2024 AGM.
Donations and political expenditures
No political donations were made by the Company during the year and no contributions were made by the Company
during the year to any non-UK political party.
Directors’ report
114 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024114 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Employees with disabilities
Motorpoint is an equal opportunities employer and our culture is one that promotes excellence and celebrates
success. We are committed to eliminating discrimination and encouraging diversity. We take pride in having a
workplace which celebrates diversity. Our aim is that our people will be truly representative of all sections of society
and reflect the diverse customer base that we enjoy.
It is important that each person feels respected and is able to perform to the best of their ability – we do not tolerate
any form of discrimination and actively promote equal opportunities. Motorpoint proudly employs a number of people
with a registered disability and gives full and fair consideration to new applications for employment made by disabled
persons; this also includes internal promotions throughout the business. Our training and development interventions
are available to all employees and we ensure reasonable adjustments are made for new and existing team members,
should they be required, to accommodate their needs and deliver a safe and welcoming work environment.
This support applies throughout an employee’s career with us and should an individual find their circumstances
change and they become disabled during their employment we would ensure total support and inclusion.
Research and development
The Company does not engage in research and development.
Existence of brands outside the UK
The Company has no stores outside the UK.
Workforce engagement
The Board recognises its various legal, fiduciary, statutory and governance obligations and duties in relation to
stakeholder engagement, including those in respect of its own workforce. Mary McNamara, the Chair of Motorpoint’s
Remuneration Committee, is the designated Non Executive Director with responsibility to engage with (and oversee
engagement with) employees and involve relevant views and experiences in Board discussion and decision making
(the Designated NED for Workforce Engagement). As the Designated NED for Workforce Engagement, Mary engages
with (and oversees engagement with) employees in ways that are most effective in discerning relevant views and
understanding their experiences.
Engagement with other stakeholders
In the discharge of their various legal, statutory and governance obligations and duties, the Directors have
endeavoured to act to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so
have regard for the interests of its various stakeholders. Details of the various stakeholder groups and their associated
engagement strategies are provided on pages 33 to 37 of this report. The Board ensures, in its discussion of relevant
matters, that stakeholder interests are considered in related discussions and decision making processes and inform
policies and procedures.
Substantial shareholdings
Information provided to the Company by substantial shareholders pursuant to the DTR is published via a Regulatory
Information Service. As at 31 March 2024, the Company has been notified of the interests as set out below in its
issued share capital. All such share capital has the right to vote at general meetings.
Shareholder as at 31 March 2024 No. of ordinary shares % of issued shares
Saray Value Fund 18,396,567 20.40
Mark Carpenter 8,781,693 9.76
Forager Capital Management 8,128,643 9.01
LVO Global Asset Management SA 4,771,560 5.29
Mark Morris 4,227,213 4.69
Punch Card Capital LP 2,910,815 3.23
Following the year end, there have been no further notifications up until 31 May, being the last practicable date before
publication of this report.
The shareholdings of Motorpoint Group Plc Directors are listed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Directors’ report continued
115Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 115Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Powers of the Directors
The powers of the Directors are set out in the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association.
The Directors were granted authority to issue and allot shares at the 2023 AGM. Shareholders will be asked to renew
these authorities in line with the latest institutional shareholder guidelines at the 2024 AGM.
Appointment and replacement of Directors
With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by the Articles of
Association, the 2018 Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. Directors can be appointed by the
Company by ordinary resolution at a general meeting, or by the Board. If a Director is appointed by the Board,
such Director will hold office until the next AGM and shall then be eligible subject to Board recommendation,
for election at that meeting.
In accordance with Provision 18 of the 2018 Code, each of the Directors, being eligible, will offer themselves for
election or re-election at this year’s AGM (subject to any retirements). The Company can remove a Director from
office, either by passing a special resolution or by notice being given by all the other Directors.
Dividends
No dividends (interim or final) were paid, and no dividend is recommended by the Board.
Share capital
As at 31 March 2024, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 89,969,630 ordinary shares with a nominal value
of £0.01 each.
Ordinary shares
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All ordinary shares,
other than those held from time to time in Treasury, are freely transferable and rank pari passu for voting and dividend
rights. The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of shares that result in any restrictions.
Employee Benefit Trust
As at 31 March 2024, the Motorpoint Employee Benefit Trust held 1,611,225 ordinary shares (FY23: 1,686,307).
Further information about share capital can be found in note 28 of the financial statements.
Change of control provisions
The Directors are not aware of there being any significant agreements that contain any material change of control
provisions to which the Company is a party.
Under the terms of the facility, and in the event of a change of control of the Company, the bank can withdraw
funding and all outstanding loans, accrued interest and other amounts due and owing become payable within 30 days
of the change. No person holds securities carrying special rights regarding control of the Company.
Purchase of own shares
At the Company’s AGM on 26 July 2023, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to make market
purchases of its own shares up to a maximum of 9,018,988 shares (being approximately 10% of the issued share
capital at that time) at prices not less than the nominal value of each share (being £0.01 each). On 26 January 2024,
the Company announced its intention to repurchase up to 5m ordinary shares of £0.01 each. The Company intends to
renew this authority at its 2024 AGM.
Allotment of shares
At the Company’s AGM on 26 July 2023, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to allot ordinary shares
up to a maximum nominal amount of £300,632 (being approximately one third of the Company’s issued share capital
at that time) increasing to £601,265 (being approximately two thirds of the Company’s issued share capital at that
time) in the case of a rights issue. The Company intends to renew this authority at its 2024 AGM.
Acquisitions of other companies’ shares
The Company did not purchase or acquire the shares of another company in the year ended 31 March 2024; nor
did any nominee of the Company or another company do so with the Company’s financial assistance; nor did the
Company take a lien or other charge on shares of another company.
Subsequent events
There are no reportable events post 31 March 2024 and prior to publication of this report.
116 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024116 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Disclosure table pursuant to Listing Rule LR 9.8.4R
In accordance with LR 9.8.4R, the table below sets out the location of the information required to be disclosed,
where applicable.
Listing Rule Information to be included Disclosure
9.8.4(1) Interest capitalised by the Group None
9.8.4(2) Unaudited financial information (LR 9.2.18R) None
9.8.4(4)
Long term incentive scheme information involving Board
Directors (LR 9.4.3R)
Details can be found on page 107 and 108 of the
Directors’ Remuneration Report
9.8.4(5) Waiver of emoluments by a Director None
9.8.4(6) Waiver of future emoluments by a Director None
9.8.4(7) Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash None
9.8.4(8)
Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash in relation
to major subsidiary undertakings None
9.8.4(9) Listed company is a subsidiary of another company Not applicable
9.8.4(10)
Contracts of significance involving a Director
or a controlling shareholder None
9.8.4(11)
Contracts for the provision of services
by a controlling shareholder None
9.8.4(12) Shareholder waiver of dividends The trustees of the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee
Share Trust have a dividend waiver in place in respect
of ordinary shares which are its beneficial property
9.8.4(13) Shareholder waiver of future dividends The trustees of the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee
Share Trust have a dividend waiver in place in respect
of ordinary shares which are its beneficial property
9.8.4(14) Agreement with controlling shareholder None
Going concern
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Group
over a period in excess of 12 months from the date of signing the Group financial statements as required by the
Going Concern’ provision, by selecting the period to the end of December 2025.
The Group has managed its net debt comfortably, with headroom at the year end of £14.0m on the revolving credit
facility, which was undrawn at the year end. Total headroom, including the stocking facilities, undrawn facilities and
available cash, was in excess of £100m at the year end. During the year the Company renegotiated the terms of both
its revolving credit facility, and stocking facilities, reducing available headroom from £29.0m and £195.0m to £14.0m
and £150.0m respectively. The renegotiation secured improved terms for the Group’s financial covenants, following
the challenging economic circumstances experienced in FY24, and reflected the Groups current lower financing
requirements. The Board considers that the available headroom, coupled with the cash generative nature of the
business and the available cash levers provide a strong degree of financial resilience and flexibility.
In making their assessment the Directors considered the Groups current Balance Sheet and operational cash flows,
the availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Groups plan. A range of
scenarios have been assessed by the Directors, including various possible downside scenarios against the base case.
The Directors opted to model a specific scenario designed to create the conditions required to breach covenants
within the going concern period as well as a plausible downturn on the base case.
Scenario Outcome
Base case
Based upon the Groups most recent approved forecasts.
The base model assumes a recovery of profitability and unit volumes in
FY25, based on current run rates of year on year unit volume growth,
and a prudent estimate based on growth in the used car market.
Thereafter, modest growth is applied as the business resumes its strategic
goal of taking more market share.
The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants
and is not in a drawdown position on the revolving
credit facility at the end of the going concern period.
The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as
they fall due.
Plausible downturn
Top down stress testing was applied to the base case model, taking into
account a plausible downturn in business performance, relative to possible
economic pressure and stagnation in the growth of the used car market.
This included volume and margin pressure, reducing revenue by 15% and an
overall gross profit reduction compared to the base case of 21%. Fixed costs
were inflated in this scenario by three percent in each year.
The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants
and is not in a drawdown position on the Revolving
Credit Facility at the end of the going concern period.
The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as
they fall due.
Directors’ report continued
117Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024 117Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Scenario Outcome
Reverse stress test
A scenario created to model the circumstances required to breach the
Groups covenants within the going concern period.
The Board considered the potential impacts in preparing the stress test.
The below scenario was analysed:
Reducing revenue (32% decrease from the base case) and decreasing gross
profit overall by 38% through additional margin pressure.
This scenario is designed to result in a covenant
breach within the assessed going concern period.
Management believes that the combination of severe
downsides to be remote, and that there are mitigating
factors over and above those built into the reverse
stress test modelling which the Board would consider
to avoid a covenant breach.
The selection of the assumptions for the sensitised case is inherently subjective, and whilst the Board considered
these assumptions to reflect a downside scenario, the future impact of economic downturn, interest rate rises or
inflating overhead costs is impossible to predict with absolute accuracy.
Whilst the same applies to the reverse stress test, we note that this scenario is specifically designed to demonstrate
the point at which the covenants breach during the going concern period. The reverse stress test reflects, in the
Board’s opinion, a remote circumstance and mitigating factors could be implemented to avoid a covenant breach in
this scenario.
Scenario modelling has been considered throughout the year and at year end by management to formulate response
options against moderate or severe downturns in sales volumes, potential margin pressures and possible cost challenges.
The Groups available headroom stands at £14.0m (FY23: £29.0m) through its Revolving Credit Facility (RCF)
agreement. The Group also has an uncommitted overdraft facility of £6.0m which remains in place and was undrawn
at the year end. Both are in place until June 2026 with the option to extend for two further one year extensions if
both parties are agreed. With respect to the Groups stocking facilities, these have reduced from £195.0m to £150.0m
during the year which the Board deem appropriate given current market conditions.
The Directors took action in the year to obtain covenant relief for its RCF agreement and for one of its stocking loan
arrangements, reflecting a response to the reduction in overall headroom against covenants in FY24. The relief
obtained has been agreed until the end of September 2025 for the RCF and an indefinite relaxation was agreed
on the net assets covenant with Black Horse Limited in relation to its stocking loan facility. The specific details are
disclosed in the notes to the accounts on pages 152 and 153.
In the eventuality of a period of prolonged economic downturn resulting in material reductions in sales volume or
prices, as well as rising overhead costs, it is possible that the Group would need to negotiate changes to its current
banking covenants, but such an extreme downturn is not currently considered plausible.
The Group continues to consider and monitor further potential mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its
cash position and reduce operating costs in the event of a more severe downside scenario. Such cost reduction
and cash preservation actions would include but are not limited to: reducing spend on specific variable cost lines
including marketing and store trading expenses; team costs, most notably sales commissions; pausing new stock
commitments; and reviewing expansionary capital spend, dividends and share buyback activity.
The Group has continued to demonstrate a flexible approach to trading and despite the constriction in the supply of
nearly new vehicles, which is expected to slowly ease, the Group has been able to use its market position to access
more stock to satisfy customer demand, both online and in store.
The Directors have also made use of the post year end trading performance to confirm that performance is in
line with expectation. Whilst only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence suggests that this is
the case.
Based on this assessment, the Board confirms that it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 December 2025.
The Board has determined that the period to December 2025 constitutes an appropriate period over which to provide
its going concern assessment. This is the period detailed in our base case model which we approve each year as part
of the strategic review. Whilst the Board has no reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period,
given the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this presents users of the Annual Report and Accounts with a
reasonable degree of confidence while still providing a medium term perspective.
The Annual Report was approved by the Board on 13 June 2024.
Signed on behalf of the Board.
Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
13 June 2024
118 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024118 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts and the financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors
have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards and
the Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK
and Republic of Ireland’, and applicable law).
Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
state whether applicable UK adopted international accounting standards have been followed for the Group financial
statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 have been followed for the Company
financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group
and Company will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain
the Groups and Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of
the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation
in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Groups and Company’s position and
performance, business model and strategy.
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Board of Directors section of the Governance
report on pages 80 and 81 confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international
accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and loss of the Group;
the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting
Standards, comprising FRS 102, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the
Company; and
the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position
of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:
so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Groups and Company’s auditors
are unaware; and
they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any
relevant audit information and to establish that the Groups and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
119Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
120 Independent Auditors’ Report
128 Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
129 Consolidated balance sheet
130 Consolidated statement
of changes in equity
131 Consolidated cash flow statement
132 Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
162 Company balance sheet
163 Company statement of changes
in equity
164 Notes to the company
financial statements
168 Alternative Performance
Measures (APMs)
169 Glossary
170 Shareholder information
and advisors
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024120
10 years
8 years
Independent Auditors’ Report
to the members of Motorpoint Group Plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
Motorpoint Group Plc’s Group financial statements and Parent Company financial statements (the “financial
statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the Groups and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 March
2024 and of the Groups loss and the Groups cash flows for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international
accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 “The Financial
Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”, and applicable law); and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”),
which comprise:
the Consolidated Balance Sheet and Company Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2024;
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income,
the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement,
the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and the Company Statement of Changes in Equity for the year
then ended;
and the Notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other
explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law.
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence and appointment
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard
were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, we have provided no non-audit
services to the Parent Company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.
We were first appointed as auditors of Motorpoint Limited by its Directors on 18 September 2015 to audit the financial
statements for the year ended 31 March 2015 and subsequently reappointed on 29 February 2016 to audit the
financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2016.
Following the reorganisation of the Group headed by Motorpoint Holdings Limited and the formation of Motorpoint
Group Plc, we were appointed by the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc on 28 October 2016 to audit the financial
statements for the year ended 31 March 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted
engagement is 10 years, covering the years ended 31 March 2015 to 31 March 2024.
Timeline of uninterrupted engagement
31 March
2015
31 March
2024
31 March
2017
31 March
2024
Motorpoint Ltd
Motorpoint Group Plc
1
1
10
8
121Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Our audit approach
The scope of our audit
We have performed a full scope audit over the Groups financial statements to Group materiality. We have also performed
a full scope audit over the Parent Company’s financial statements to company materiality. As part of designing our
audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Inventory valuation
(Group)
Year on year: Consistent
Carrying value of investment in subsidiary undertakings
(Parent Company)
Year on year: Consistent
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not
provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Inventory Valuation (Group)
Background:
Refer to the Audit Committee report and Notes 4 and 20
to the consolidated financial statements.
Management have calculated the provision based
on a combination of historical data and assumptions
regarding future sales margins. Management have
also applied a manual overlay adjustment to the
overall provision.
Given the magnitude of inventory balances and the
estimation uncertainty as to future selling prices and
therefore margins, there is a risk that inventory is
overstated due to the net realisable value falling below
cost given recent volatility within the used car market.
Procedures performed:
We have verified the mathematical accuracy of
management’s models used to calculate the inventory
provision, agreeing historical data used within the model
back to prior year audited data.
We have tested a sample of inputs used in management’s
models to appropriate third party evidence.
We have reviewed sales and margins post year end, and
tested this data to supporting evidence, to understand
actual loss making sales post year end. We have assessed
the impact of this on the remaining population of unsold
vehicles in order to estimate the total potential loss
making sales in relation to vehicles held in stock as at
31 March 2024.
Observations
Based on the procedures performed, we consider the carrying value of inventory to be materially consistent with
the evidence obtained.
Total stock balance of
£102.4m
(FY23: £148.9m)
Total inventory provision
£2.1m
(FY23: £2.3m)
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024122
Independent Auditors’ Report continued
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.
100%
Group total
assets
100%
Group loss
before tax
100%
Group
revenue
Carrying Value of Investment in Subsidiary Undertakings (Parent Company)
Background:
Refer to Note 3 to the Parent Company financial
statements.
As at 31 March 2024 the parent company’s balance
sheet includes investments of £103.3m (FY23: £102.3m).
Annually, the Directors consider whether any events or
circumstances have occurred that could indicate that
the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may
not be recoverable. Given the outturn for FY24 being
significantly below management’s original budget, this is
deemed to be a trigger for an impairment review.
Management have performed an impairment assessment
based on fair value less costs to sell, using market
capitalisation at the balance sheet date as a proxy for
fair value less cost to sell, and concluded there is no
impairment.
Procedures performed:
We have considered indicators of impairment and
concur with management’s judgement that the
underperformance against budget represents a trigger
for an impairment review.
We have reviewed Motorpoint Group Plc’s market
capitalisation and note that, whilst it has fluctuated
throughout the year, for the majority of the year and at
year-end the company’s market capitalisation was above
the carrying amount of the company’s investments,
before taking account of any acquisition premium in a
fair value less costs to sell calculation.
Observations
Based on the procedures performed, we consider the carrying value of the investment in subsidiaries to be
materially consistent with the evidence obtained.
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on
the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Parent Company, the
accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.
The Group and its subsidiaries are based in the UK. As at 31 March 2024 there are 20 open retail sites across the
UK. We have performed a full scope audit over the Groups financial statements to Group materiality. We have also
performed a full scope audit over the Parent Company’s financial statements to Parent Company materiality.
We performed audit procedures over entities within the Group that, in aggregate, accounted for:
123Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Group Parent Company
Overall
materiality
£814,000
FY23
£1.08m
£1,033,000
FY23
£1.023m
How we
determined it
0.075% of revenue 1%
of total
assets
Rationale for
benchmark applied
Revenue is a key metric used
by management and external
stakeholders to assess the
performance of the Group and it
removes the impact of the significant
volatility in profit before tax that has
arisen in the last three years.
The principal function of the Parent
Company is as a holding company for
the investment in Motorpoint Limited. We
have applied this benchmark, a generally
accepted auditing benchmark, as we
believe that this is the key measure used
by the shareholders in evaluating the
performance of the Parent Company.
Performance materiality
£610,000
FY23
£810,000
£774,000
FY23
£767,000
How we determined it
75%
of overall
materiality
75%
of overall
materiality
Level above which we report
to the Audit Committee
£40,000
FY23
£50,000
£40,000
FY23
£50,000
We agreed we would also report misstatements below those amounts that, in our
view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality
in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of
transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk
assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end
of our normal range was appropriate.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024124
Independent Auditors’ Report continued
The impact of climate risk on our audit
In considering the impact of climate risk on our audit, we:
Made enquiries of management to understand
the process adopted to assess the extent of the
potential impact of climate risk on the financial
statements and to assess the disclosures made
within the financial statements;
Performed additional analysis on cash flow
forecasts in order to assess the potential impact
of another flood occurring, with the lower level
of insurance cover available as a result of the
flooding at the Derby site during the current year;
Considered the following area to potentially
be materially impacted by climate risk and
consequently we focused our audit work in this
area: impairment of non current assets. Our risk
assessment was based on this enquiry as well as
the review of Motorpoint’s most recent internal
reporting to the board regarding climate risk;
Challenged the completeness of management’s
climate risk assessment by comparing with
internal climate plans, board minutes and
our understanding of the business and wider
industry; and
Agreed climate related costs included in cash
flow forecasts to external supporting evidence,
for example the cost of carbon offsetting and
the increased cost of the insurance premia;
Considered the consistency of the disclosures
in relation to climate change (including the
disclosures in the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) section) within the
Annual Report with the financial statements and
our knowledge obtained from our audit.
Our procedures did not identify any material impact in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole,
or our key audit matters for the year ended 31 March 2024.
Our ability to detect irregularities, including fraud, and our response
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in
line with our responsibilities, outlined below, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with
laws and regulations related to the Listing Rules and Financial Conduct Authority regulations, and we considered the
extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those
laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006 and UK
tax legislation. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting
of inappropriate journal entries with unusual account combinations to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, and
management bias in accounting estimates.
Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:
Reviewing of correspondence with regulators; Challenging assumptions and judgements made
by management in their significant accounting
estimates to identify potential management bias,
in particular in relation inventory valuation; and
Enquiries of management including
consideration of known or suspected instances
of non-compliance with laws and regulations
or fraud;
Identifying and testing journal entries, in
particular any journal entries posted with unusual
account combinations that increase revenue or
reduce expenditure.
Review of minutes of meetings held by those
charged with governance;
There are inherent limitations in these audit procedures. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the
financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using
data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than
testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk
characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population
from which the sample is selected.
125Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Groups and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt
the going concern basis of accounting included:
Reviewing management’s going concern paper
and model;
Challenging the key assumptions used in
management’s model and reviewed the downside
models to assess the impact on covenant liquidity
and impairment headroom;
Reviewing the board approved budget / forecasts
to support the going concern assumptions;
Verifying the arithmetic accuracy of
management’s models mentioned above; and
Assessing management’s historical forecasting
accuracy;
Reviewing management’s disclosures in relation
to going concern and consistency with the
modelling performed.
Comparing the budgets and forecasts used in
the going concern model to actual post year
end data;
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Groups and the Parent Company’s ability to continue
as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the
Groups and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
In relation to the Directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether
the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the
relevant sections of this report.
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and
our auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a
material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain
opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report
and Directors’ report for the year ended 31 March 2024 is consistent with the financial statements and has been
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their environment obtained in
the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.
Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be audited has been properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024126
Independent Auditors’ Report continued
Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and
that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the
UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate
governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of
the corporate governance statement, included within the Strategic report and Governance section is materially
consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material
to add or draw attention to in relation to:
The Directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify
emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
The Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the
going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the
Groups and Parent Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of
approval of the financial statements;
The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Groups and Parent Company’s prospects, the period this
assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and
The Directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Parent Company will be able
to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
Our review of the Directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group and Parent Company was
substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’
process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the
UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial statements
and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their environment obtained in the
course of the audit.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following
elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our
knowledge obtained during the audit:
The Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Groups and Parent
Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;
The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal
control systems; and
The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the Directors’ statement relating to the
Parent Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the
Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true
and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Groups and the Parent
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’ s website
at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities This description forms part of our auditors’ report.
127Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is
shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have
not been received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be audited are
not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
Other matter
The Parent Company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules to
include these financial statements in an annual financial report prepared under the structured digital format required
by DTR 4.1.15R - 4.1.18R and filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority. This auditors’
report provides no assurance over whether the structured digital format annual financial report has been prepared in
accordance with those requirements.
Mark Skedgel (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Birmingham
13 June 2024
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024128
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 March 2024
2024
£m2024
Before £m2024
exceptional Exceptional £m2023
NoteitemsitemsTotal£m
Revenue
1,086.6
1, 086.6
1,4 4 0. 2
Cost of sales
7
(1,0 1 3 .5)
(1,0 1 3. 5)
(1,354.5)
Gross profit
73 .1
73 .1
85 .7
Operating expenses
7
(7 2 . 9)
(7. 7)
(8 0.6)
(79. 2)
Other income
1.3
5.6
6.9
0.3
Operating profit / (loss)
7
1.5
(2 .1)
(0.6)
6.8
Finance expense
11
(9.7)
(0.1)
(9.8)
(7.1)
Loss before income tax
(8. 2)
(2 . 2)
(1 0. 4)
(0.3)
Income tax income / (expense)
13
1.8
0. 2
2 .0
(0. 3)
Loss for the year
(6 .4)
(2 .0)
(8.4)
(0.6)
Other comprehensive expenses:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Tax relating to items which will not be reclassified 13
(0 .1)
(0.1)
(0 .1)
to profit or loss
Other comprehensive expense
(0 .1)
(0.1)
(0 .1)
Total comprehensive expense for the year
(6. 5)
(2 .0)
(8. 5)
(0.7)
attributable to equity holders of the parent
Earnings per share attributable to equity holders
of the parent
Basic
14
(9. 3p)
(0.7p)
Diluted
14
(9 . 3p)(0.7p)
1
1. Detail on exceptional items is provided in note 12
The Groups activities all derive from continuing operations.
The notes on pages 132 to 161 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
129Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 March 2024
2024 2023
Note£m£m
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
17
8.8
13 .1
Right-of-use assets
18
50. 5
58.4
Intangible assets
16
3.7
3.7
Deferred tax assets
19
1.4
Total non-current assets
64.4
75.2
Current assets
Inventories
20
102 .4
148 .6
Trade and other receivables
22
19. 2
18.4
Current tax receivable
13
1.3
Cash and cash equivalents
23
9.2
5.6
Assets held for sale
21
2 .6
Total current assets
133.4
173. 9
TOTAL ASSETS
1 9 7. 8
249. 1
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables, excluding contract liabilities
25
(1 0 7.1)
(14 3 . 8)
Borrowings
24
Lease liabilities
18
(4 . 0)(3 .4)
Total current liabilities
(111.1)
(1 4 7. 2)
Net current assets
22.3
2 6.7
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
18
(5 3.0)
(60. 2)
Provisions
26
(2 .6)
(2 .6)
Deferred tax liabilities
19
(0.2)
Total non-current liabilities
(55 .6)
(63 .0)
TOTAL LIABILITIES
(1 6 6.7)
(2 10. 2)
NET ASSETS
3 1 .1
38.9
EQUITY
Called up share capital
29
0.9
0. 9
Capital redemption reserve
30
0.1
0 .1
Capital reorganisation reserve
31
(0. 8)
(0. 8)
EBT reserve
32
(5 .1)
(5. 3)
Retained earnings36.04 4.0
TOTAL EQUITY
3 1 .1
38.9
The consolidated financial statements on pages 128 to 161 were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 June 2024
and were signed on its behalf by:
M Carpenter C Morgan
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
Motorpoint Group Plc
Registered number 10119755
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024130
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2024
Capital Capital
Called up redemption reorganisation Retained
share capital reservereserve EBT reserve earnings Total equity
Note£m £m£m£m£m£m
Balance at 1 April 2022
0.9
0 .1
(0. 8)
(4 .7)
43.9
39. 4
Loss for the year
(0.6)
(0.6)
Other comprehensive
(0 .1)
(0 .1)
expense for the year
Total comprehensive
(0.7)
(0.7)
expense for the year
Transactions with owners
in their capacity as
owners:
Share-based payments
34
0. 9
0.9
EBT share purchases and
commitments
32
(0 .7)
(0.7)
Share-based
32
0 .1
(0.1)
compensation options
satisfied through the EBT
(0. 6)
0.8
0. 2
Balance at 31 March 2023
0.9
0 .1
(0. 8)
(5. 3)
4 4 .0
38.9
Loss for the year
(8.4)
(8.4)
Other comprehensive
(0 .1)
(0.1)
expense for the year
Total comprehensive
(8 . 5)
(8. 5)
expense for the year
Transactions with owners
in their capacity a s
owners:
Share-based payments
34
1.0
1 .0
Buyback and cancellation
of shares
(0. 3)
(0.3)
EBT share purchases and
commitments
32
Share-based 32
0. 2
(0. 2)
compensation options
satisfied through the EBT
0. 2
0. 5
0.7
Balance at 31 March 2024
0.9
0.1
(0. 8)
(5 .1)
36.0
3 1 .1
The notes on pages 132 to 161 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
131Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 March 2024
2024
£m
2023
£m
Loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders
(8.4)
(0.6)
Adjustments for:
Taxation (credit) / charge
(2 . 0)
0.3
Finance expense9.87.1
Operating (loss) / profit
(0.6)
6.8
Share-based payments
1.0
0 .1
Impairment of assets held for sale
0.2
Loss made on assignment of lease
0. 2
Depreciation and amortisation charges9.99.4
Cash flow from operations before movement in working capital
10 .7
16.3
Decrease in inventory
46.2
7 9.8
Increase in trade and other receivables
(0. 8)
(4. 8)
Decrease in trade and other payables(36.8)(50.0)
Cash generated from operations
19.3
41. 3
Interest paid on borrowings and financing facilities
(7. 8)
(5 .1)
Interest paid on lease liabilities
(2 . 0)
(2 .0)
Income tax received / (paid)1.6(1 .1)
Net cash generated from operating activities
11 .1
33. 1
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(2 . 6)
(9. 4)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets9.7
Net cash (used in) / generated from investing activities
(2 . 6)
0.3
Cash flows from financing activities
Payments to acquire own shares
(0. 3)
Payments to satisfy employee share plan obligations
(0.7)
Repayment of principal element of leases
(4 . 6)
(5 .9)
Repayment of borrowings
(2 4 .0)
(5 7. 0)
Proceeds from borrowings24 .028 .0
Net cash used in financing activities
(4 . 9)
(3 5. 6)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
3 .6
(2 .2)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year5.67. 8
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
9. 2
5.6
Net cash and cash equivalents comprises: Cash at bank9. 25.6
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024132
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
1. General information
Motorpoint Group Plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies
Act 2006.
The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of the
registered office is Champion House, Stephensons Way, Derby, England, United Kingdom, DE21 6LY. The consolidated
financial statements of the Group as at and for the year ended 31 March 2024 comprise the Company, all of its
subsidiaries and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) as listed on page 166, together referred
to as the ‘Group. These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling because that is the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the Group operates.
The principal activities of the Group and the nature of the Groups operations are set out in the Strategic Report on
pages 1 to 79.
2. Summary of material accounting policy information
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out
below. The policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.
(a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared and approved by the Board on a historical
cost basis except for assets held for sale and in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting
estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Groups accounting
policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates
are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.
In adopting the going concern basis for preparing the financial statements, the Directors have considered the
business activities including the Groups principal risks and uncertainties. This specifically includes considerations for
climate related matters and more details are disclosed in note 17.
(b) Going concern
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Group
over a period in excess of 12 months from the date of signing the Group financial statements as required by the
Going Concern’ provision, by selecting the period to the end of December 2025.
The Group has managed its net debt comfortably, with headroom at the year end of £14.0m on the Revolving Credit
Facility, which was undrawn at the year end. Total headroom, including the stocking facilities, undrawn facilities and
available cash, was in excess of £100.0m at the year end. During the year the Company renegotiated the terms of
both its Revolving Credit Facility, and stocking facilities, reducing available headroom from £29.0m and £195.0m to
£14.0m and £150.0m respectively. The renegotiation secured improved terms for the Groups financial covenants,
following the challenging economic circumstances experienced in FY24, and reflected the Groups current lower
financing requirements. The Board considers that the available headroom, coupled with the highly cash generative
nature of the business and the available cash levers provide a strong degree of financial resilience and flexibility.
133Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Scenarios:
In making their assessment the Directors considered the Groups current balance sheet, and operational cash flows,
the availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Groups plan. A range of
scenarios have been assessed by the Directors, including various possible downside scenarios against the base case.
The Directors opted to model a specific scenario designed to create the conditions required to breach covenants
within the going concern period as well as a plausible downturn on the base case.
Scenario
Outcome
Base Case The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants
and is not in a drawdown position on the Revolving
Based upon the Groups most recent approved forecasts. Credit Facility at the end of the going concern period.
The base model assumes a recovery of profitability and The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they
fall due.
unit volumes in FY25, based on current run rates of year
on year unit volume growth, and a prudent estimate
based on growth in the used car market. Thereafter,
modest growth is applied as the business resumes its
strategic goal of taking more market share.
Plausible Downturn The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants
and is not in a drawdown position on the Revolving
Top down stress testing was applied to the base case Credit Facility at the end of the going concern period.
model, taking into account a plausible downturn in The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as
business performance, relative to possible economic they fall due.
pressure and stagnation in the growth of the used car
market.
This included volume and margin pressure, reducing
revenue by 15% and an overall gross profit reduction
compared to the base case of 21%. Fixed costs were
inflated in this scenario by three percent in each year.
Reverse Stress Test This scenario is designed to result in a covenant breach
within the assessed going concern period.
A scenario created to model the circumstances
required to breach the Groups covenants within the Management believes that the combination of severe
going concern period. downsides to be remote, and that there are mitigating
factors over and above those built into the reverse stress
The Board considered the potential impacts in test modelling which the Board would consider to avoid
preparing the stress test. The below scenario was
analysed:
a covenant breach.
Reducing revenue (32% decrease from the base case)
and decreasing gross profit overall by 38% through
additional margin pressure.
The selection of the assumptions for the sensitised case is inherently subjective, and whilst the Board considered
these assumptions to reflect a downside scenario, the future impact of economic downturn, interest rate rises or
inflating overhead costs is impossible to predict with absolute accuracy.
Whilst the same applies to the reverse stress test, we note that this scenario is specifically designed to demonstrate
the point at which the covenants breach during the going concern period. The reverse stress test reflects, in the
Board’s opinion, a remote circumstance and mitigating factors could be implemented to avoid a covenant breach in
this scenario.
Scenario modelling has been considered throughout the year and at year end by management to formulate response
options against moderate or severe downturns in sales volumes, potential margin pressures and possible cost
challenges.
The Groups available headroom stands at £14.0m (FY23: £29.0m) through its Revolving Credit Facility “RCF”
agreement. The Group also has an uncommitted overdraft facility of £6.0m which remains in place and was undrawn
at the year end. Both are in place until June 2026 with the option to extend for two further one year extensions if
both parties are agreed. With respect to the Groups stocking facilities, these have reduced from £195.0m to £150.0m
during the year which the Board deem appropriate given current market conditions.
The Directors took action in the year to obtain covenant relief for its RCF agreement and for one of its stocking loan
arrangements, reflecting a response to the reduction in overall headroom against covenants in FY24. The relief
obtained has been agreed until September 2025 for the RCF and an indefinite relaxation was agreed on the net assets
covenant with Black Horse Limited in relation to its stocking loan facility. The specific details are disclosed in the
notes to the accounts on pages 132 to 161.
134 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
2. Summary of material accounting policy information continued
In the eventuality of a period of prolonged economic downturn resulting in material reductions in sales volume or
prices, as well as rising overhead costs, it is possible that the Group would need to negotiate changes to its current
banking covenants, but such an extreme downturn is not currently considered plausible.
The Group continues to consider and monitor further potential mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its
cash position and reduce operating costs in the event of a more severe downside scenario. Such cost reduction
and cash preservation actions would include but are not limited to: reducing spend on specific variable cost lines
including marketing and store trading expenses; team costs, most notably sales commissions; pausing new stock
commitments; and reviewing expansionary capital spend, dividends and share buyback activity.
The Group has continued to demonstrate a flexible approach to trading and despite the constriction in the supply of
nearly new vehicles, which is expected to slowly ease, the Group has been able to use its market position to access
more stock to satisfy customer demand, both online and in store.
The Directors have also made use of the post year end trading performance to confirm that performance is in line
with expectation. Whilst only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence suggests that this is the
case. Based on this assessment, the Board confirms that it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 December 2025.
The Board has determined that the period to December 2025 constitutes an appropriate period over which to provide
its going concern assessment. This is the period detailed in our Strategic Plan which we approve each year as part of
the strategic review. Whilst the Board has no reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period, given
the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this presents users of the Annual Report and Accounts with a reasonable
degree of confidence while still providing a medium term perspective.
(c) New standards, amendments and interpretations
The Group has not early adopted standards, interpretations or amendments that have been issued but are not
mandatory for 31 March 2024 reporting periods.
The following amended standards and interpretations effective for the current financial year, have been applied and
have not had a significant impact on the Groups consolidated financial statements in the current or future reporting
periods and on foreseeable future transactions.
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12
Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2
Definition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments to IAS 8
(d) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company, entities controlled by the
Company (its subsidiaries) and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Benefit Trust made up to 31 March each year.
A list of subsidiaries is disclosed in note 3 to the Company financial statements.
The EBT is consolidated on the basis that the Company has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are
included in the balance sheet and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity.
The EBT has been solely set up for the purpose of issuing shares to Group employees to satisfy awards under the
various share-based schemes detailed in note 34 and has no ability to access or use assets, or settle liabilities, of the
Group.
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is
transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Intercompany transactions and
balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.
(e) Segmental reporting
The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The Group’s chief
operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. Segmental information is presented on the same
basis as the management reporting. An operating segment is a component of the business where discrete financial
information is available and the operating results are regularly reviewed by the Groups chief operating decision
maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance.
Operating segments are aggregated into reporting segments to combine those with similar characteristics.
The Group operates its omnichannel vehicle retailer offering through a store network and separate financial
information is prepared for these individual store operations. These stores are considered separate ‘cash generating
units’ for impairment purposes. However, it is considered that the nature of the operations and products is similar
and they all have similar long term economic characteristics and the Group has applied the aggregation criteria of
IFRS 8. In addition, the Group operates an independent trade car auction site offering a business-to-business entirely
online auction market place platform which is assessed by the Board as a separate operation and thus there are two
reportable segments: retail and wholesale.
135Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
(f) Revenue recognition
Revenue represents amounts chargeable, net of value added tax, in respect of the sale of goods and services to
customers. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable, when it can be reliably measured,
and the specified recognition criteria for the sales type has been met. The transaction price is determined based
on periodically reviewed prices and are separately identified on the customer’s invoice. There are no estimates of
variable consideration.
The transaction price for motor vehicles and motor related services is at fair value as if each of those products are
sold individually.
(i) Sales of motor vehicles
Revenue from the sale of retail motor vehicles is recognised when the control has passed; that is, when the vehicle
has been collected by, or delivered to, the customer. Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the
customer purchases the vehicle. Sales of accessories, such as mats, are recognised in the same way.
Revenue from the sale of wholesale vehicles is recognised when the control has passed; that is, when full payment
has been made for the vehicle.
The Group operates a return policy which is consistent with the relevant consumer protection regulations. This is
offered in the form of a seven day exchange guarantee to all retail customers and a 14 day money back guarantee for
home delivery customers.
(ii) Sales of motor related services and commissions
Motor related services sales include commissions on finance introductions, extended guarantees and vehicle asset
protection as well as the sale of paint protection products. Sales of paint protection products are recognised when
the control has passed; that is, the protection has been applied and the product is supplied to the customer.
Vehicle extended guarantees and asset protection (‘GAP insurance’) where the Group is not contractually responsible
for future claims, are accounted for by recognising the commissions attributable to Motorpoint at the point of sale to
the customer.
Where the Group receives finance commission income, primarily arising when the customer uses third-party finance
to purchase the vehicle, the Group recognises such income on an ‘as earned’ basis.
The assessment is based on whether the Group controls the specific goods and services before transferring them
to the end customer, rather than whether it has exposure to significant risks and rewards associated with the sale of
goods or services.
The Group receives commissions when it arranges finance, insurance packages, extended warranty and paint
protection for its customers, acting as agent on behalf of a limited number of finance, insurance and other
companies. For finance and insurance packages, commission is earned and recognised as revenue when the
customer draws down the finance or commences the insurance policy from the supplier which coincides with the
delivery of the product or service. Commissions receivable for all motor related services are paid typically in the
month after the finance is drawn down. For extended warranty and paint protection, the commission earned by the
Group as an agent is recognised as revenue at the point of sale on behalf of the Principal.
(iii) Other income
Other operating income includes income from all other operating activities which are not related to the principal
activities of the company. Other operating income includes insurance proceeds received and income recognised in
relation to the logbook of a vehicle not provided by customers at the transaction date.
(g) Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Groups shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Groups financial statements in the
period which the dividends are approved.
(h) Foreign currency
The Groups functional and presentation currency is the pound sterling.
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the
dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting
from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
(i) Intangible assets other than goodwill
Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation
and accumulated impairment losses. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed annually with
the effect of any changes being reflected on a prospective basis.
136 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
2. Summary of material accounting policy information continued
Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on a project
is only recognised if management considers that it is technically feasible and that there are sufficient resources
available to complete the asset so that it will be available for use or sale, that it intends to complete and is able
to sell or use the asset to generate future economic benefits and that the costs of the development project can
be measured reliably. Following the initial recognition of the expenditure, the asset will be carried at cost less
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.
Amortisation is applied once the asset is available for use to write off the cost over the period which is expected to
benefit from the use of or sale of the asset.
The annual amortisation rates applied to the Groups intangible assets on a straight-line basis are as follows:
Asset class
Depreciation method and rate
IT Projects
20% – 33.3% straight line
(j) Property, plant & equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at the cost less depreciation. The cost of property, plant and equipment
includes directly attributable costs. Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets so as to write off the cost or
valuation, less any estimated residual value, over their expected useful economic life as follows.
Asset class
Depreciation method and rate
Land
Nil
Freehold property
5% straight line
Short-term leasehold improvements
Lower of 20% straight line or remaining lease term
Plant and machinery
20% straight line
Fixtures and fittings
20% straight line
Office equipment
20% – 33.3% straight line
Assets in the course of construction are recorded separately within property, plant and equipment and are
transferred to the appropriate classification when complete and depreciated from the date they are brought into use.
The residual values of the assets and their useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance
sheet date. The carrying value of assets is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances suggest
that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assets are written down to their recoverable amount if lower than
their carrying value, and any impairment is charged to the statement of comprehensive income.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income within ‘other income’.
(k) Financial instruments
IFRS 9 requires an entity to recognise financial assets and financial liabilities in the Groups balance sheet when the
Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
The Group classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets,
financial liabilities or equity instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of
its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
Financial assets
Trade receivables are initially recognised when they originated. All other financial assets are initially recognised when
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not
at fair value through profit or loss (‘FVPL’), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the
financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. A trade receivable
without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price.
A financial asset is classified either as being measured subsequently at fair value (either through other
comprehensive income or through profit or loss), or measured at amortised cost. The classification depends on the
Groups business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.
137Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
All financial assets of the Group are classified as measured at amortised cost. Financial assets are not reclassified
subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets.
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at
fair value reported in profit or loss:
it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and
its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on
the principal amount outstanding.
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and
impairments are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on de-recognition is recognised in profit or loss.
The Group recognises loss allowances for Expected Credit Losses (‘ECL’) on financial assets measured at amortised
cost. ECL are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all
cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the Group in accordance with the contract and the
cash flows that the Group expects to receive). All trade receivable balances are assessed individually.
ECL are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. Loss allowances for financial assets measured
at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit impaired. A
financial asset is ‘credit impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future
cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either
partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is generally the case when the
Group determines that the debtor does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash
flows to repay the amounts subject to the write off.
From time to time based on purchasing decisions the Group holds hedging instruments to hedge currency risks
arising from its activities. Hedging instruments are recognised at fair value. Any gain or loss on remeasurement
is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. However, the treatment of gains or losses arising from
hedging instruments which qualify for hedge accounting depends on the type of hedge arrangement. The fair value
of hedging instruments is the estimated amount receivable or payable to terminate the contract determined by
reference to the market prices prevailing at the balance sheet date. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised
in the statement of comprehensive income. The Group currently has no hedge arrangements and no gain or loss is
recognised in profit or loss in administrative expenses.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or
at fair value through profit or loss.
Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally
enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the
asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and
must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the
Group or the counterparty.
(l) Leases
The Group applies IFRS 16, using the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:
reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;
the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 April 2024 as short-
term leases; and
the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the
lease.
The Group also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application.
Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17
and IFRIC 4 Determining whether an arrangement contains a Lease.
138 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
2. Summary of material accounting policy information continued
Lease liability – initial recognition
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the
commencement date. The lease payments are discounted at the Groups incremental borrowing rate. The
incremental borrowing rate is determined based on a series of inputs including the risk-free rate based on
Government bond rates in addition to specific adjustments for risk and security. Lease payments included in the
measurement of the lease liability comprise:
fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;
variable lease payments such as those that depend on an index or rate (such as RPI), initially measured using the
index or rate at the commencement date;
the amount expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;
the exercise price of purchase options where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the
lease.
Break and extension options are included in leases to provide operational flexibility should the economic outlook for
an asset be different to expectations, and hence at commencement of the lease, break or extension options are not
typically considered reasonably certain to be exercised, unless there is a valid business reason otherwise.
The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated balance sheet, split between current and non-
current liabilities.
Lease liability – subsequent measurement
The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability
(using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.
Lease liability – remeasurement
The lease liability is remeasured where:
there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is re-
measured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; or
the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a
guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease
payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest
rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or
the lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case
the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.
When the lease liability is re-measured, an equivalent adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset unless its carrying
amount is reduced to zero, in which case any remaining amount is recognised in profit or loss.
Right-of-use asset – initial recognition
The right-of-use asset comprises the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made
at or before the commencement date, any dilapidation or removal costs, and any initial direct costs. They are
subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Where the Group has an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is
located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision
is recognised and measured under IAS 37. The present value of these costs are included in the related right-of-use
asset.
The right-of-use asset is presented as a separate line in the balance sheet.
Right-of-use asset – subsequent measurement
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.
Impairment
The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified
impairment loss as described in the ‘Impairment – non-financial assets’ policy. Variable rents that do not depend
on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The
related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those
payments occurs.
Sale and leaseback
A sale and leaseback transaction is where the Group sells an asset and immediately reacquires the use of the asset by
entering into a lease with the buyer. A sale occurs when control of the underlying asset passes to the buyer. A lease
liability is recognised, the associated property, plant and equipment asset is de-recognised, and a right-of-use asset is
recognised at the proportion of the carrying value relating to the right retained. Any gain or loss arising relates to the
rights transferred to the buyer.
139Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
(m) Inventory
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after due regard for slow moving vehicles.
Net realisable value is based on selling price less anticipated costs of completion and selling costs. When calculating
an inventory provision management considers the nature and condition of the inventory as well as applying
assumptions around expected saleability, determined on historic trading patterns.
Inventory cost is calculated using the specific identification method.
(n) Assets held for sale
Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction
rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from
employee benefits, financial assets and investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under
insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this requirement.
An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write down of the asset to fair value less costs to sell.
A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, but not in excess of any
cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of
the asset is recognised at the date of de-recognition.
Assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses
attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.
Assets classified as held for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the balance sheet.
(o) Trade receivables
Trade receivables represent the principal amounts outstanding from finance companies in respect of the financed
element of sales to customers for motor vehicle and related products. Trade receivables are recognised net of any
provision for impairment.
The carrying value of certain financial assets are measured on an expected credit loss approach. Trade and other
receivables do not contain a significant financing element and therefore expected credit losses are measured using
the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from the initial
recognition of the receivables.
(p) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and at bank, and deposits held at call with banks. Where applicable,
bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.
(q) Current and deferred tax
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the statement of
comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or
directly in equity.
The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance
sheet date.
Deferred tax is recognised, without discounting, in respect of all temporary differences arising between the treatment
of certain items for taxation and accounting purposes, which have arisen but not reversed by the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax is measured at the rates, based on the tax rates and law enacted or substantively enacted at the balance
sheet date, that are expected to apply in the periods when the timing differences are expected to reverse.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available
against which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets
against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same
taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities and there is an intention to settle the
balances on a net basis.
(r) Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of
business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.
If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective
interest method, unless the effect is immaterial.
140 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
2. Summary of material accounting policy information continued
(s) Stocking finance facilities
Stocking finance facilities, included within trade and other payables, are borrowings secured against the vehicle
against which the facility is drawn down. These are short-term liabilities which are settled on the sale of a vehicle or
a fixed maturity not greater than 150 days and as a result form part of the normal business operating cycle (see note
24 for more details). They are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method unless the effect is immaterial.
(t) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument.
(u) Provisions
Provisions for making good obligations are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation
as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and
the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are
a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by
considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with
respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the
present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-
tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.
(v) Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate method is a method of
calculating the amortised cost and allocating the interest cost over the relevant period.
The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life
of the financial instrument.
(w) Employee benefits
(i) Pensions
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held
separately from those of the Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income
in the year in which they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme.
(ii) Other employee benefits
The Group recognises an expense for other short-term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee
commissions and bonuses on an accruals basis.
(iii) Share-based compensation
Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model
and excludes the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value
of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in note 33.
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based compensation is expensed on a straight
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Groups estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At
each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a
result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if
any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative expenses reflect the revised
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the
scheme. This results in accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the
original vesting period.
Cash-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each
balance sheet date and at settlement.
(x) Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are not recognised but are disclosed when the Group has a possible obligation as a result
of past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events not wholly within the
Groups control, or when the Group has a present obligation as a result of past events but either it is not probable
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or the amount of the obligation cannot be
measured reliably.
141Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
(y) Earnings per share (‘EPS’)
The Group presents basic and diluted EPS for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit
attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the
year. For diluted EPS, the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive
potential ordinary shares.
(z) Exceptional items
Material non-recurring items of income and expense, which relate entirely to significant one off events, are disclosed
as ‘exceptional items. Further details on the nature of ‘exceptional items’ in FY24 can be found in note 12.
3. Underlying profit measures
The Groups chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
measure the overall performance of the Group by reference to the following non-GAAP measures:
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items (‘EBITDA’);
operating profit before exceptional items (adjusted operating profit); and
profit before taxation before exceptional items (adjusted profit before taxation).
The adjusted measures are applied by the Board of Directors to understand the earning trends of the Group and are
considered the most meaningful measures by which to assess the true operating performance of the Group.
4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom
equal the actual results. Management also needs to exercise judgement in applying the Groups accounting policies.
This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and of items
which have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the
next financial year. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgements is included in other notes
together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements.
Inventory provisions (note 20): Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. As in previous
years, a provision is included where management feels net realisable value falls below cost. The level of provision is
determined by management estimates based on historical and forecast sales and potential net realisable value. For
those vehicles in stock as at the year end, an additional loss of £112 per car (FY23: £114 per car) would have to be
realised to see a material adjustment to the inventory provision.
Significant judgements
IFRS 16 Lease term (note 18): The lease term is a significant component in the measurement of both the right-of-use
asset and lease liability. Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are exercised,
unless there is reasonable certainty that the lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the
liability is to the break point. Similarly, for any extension options, these have not been assumed to be utilised unless
there is reasonable certainty. Judgement is exercised in determining whether there is reasonable certainty that an
option to extend the lease or purchase the underlying asset will be exercised, or an option to terminate the lease
will not be exercised, when ascertaining the periods to be included in the lease term. In determining the lease
term, all facts and circumstances that create an economical incentive to exercise an extension option, or not to
exercise a termination option, are considered at the lease commencement date. The Group reassesses whether it is
reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option, if there is a significant event
or significant change in circumstances. Potential future undiscounted lease payments not included in the reasonably
certain lease term, and hence not included in lease liabilities, total £5.1m (FY23: £6.2m). Future increases or decreases
in rentals linked to an index or rate are not included in the lease liability until the change in cash flows takes effect.
142 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
5. Segmental information
The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. Segmental
information is presented on the same basis as the management reporting.
a. Description of segments and principal activities
The Groups operating segments are determined based on the Groups internal reporting to the Board. The
performance of operating segments is assessed by the Board on the basis of gross profit with all assets and liabilities
assessed on a Group basis.
The Board examines the Groups performance from a product perspective and has identified two reportable
segments of its business:
Retail – the Motorpoint brand is an omnichannel vehicle retailer offering nearly new cars that are under five years
old or have completed less than 50,000 miles. This segment also includes a range of commercial vehicles under the
Motorpoint brand.
Wholesale – Auction4Cars.com is an independent trade car auction site offering a business-to-business entirely
online auction market place platform allowing an efficient and quick route for sale of part exchange vehicles which do
not fall into the nearly new retail criteria and purchases direct from consumers.
b. Segment Gross profit
Retail Retail Wholesale Wholesale Total Total
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Gross profit
Revenue
931.1
1,175.7
155.5
264.5
1,086.6
1,440.2
Cost of sales (866.8) (1,101.2) (146.7) (253.3) (1,013.5) (1,354.5)
Gross profit
64.3
74.5 8.8 11.2 73.1 85.7
Transactions between operating segments are made on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to those with third
parties.
Cost of sales are specific and therefore directly attributable to each segment. Operating and financial expenses are
not segregated for internal reporting purposes and hence have not been disclosed here.
c. Other profit and loss disclosures
There was an impairment charge of £0.2m recognised in FY24 (FY23: £Nil).
d. Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. No further disclosure has
been provided here, as internally assets and liabilities are not segregated for reporting purposes.
6. Revenue
Revenue has been analysed between the sale of goods and the sale of services below.
2024 2023
£m £m
Revenue analysis
Revenue from sale of motor vehicles
1,037.5
1,370.7
Revenue from motor related services and commissions
45.9
62.6
Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning of the year –
Sale of motor vehicles
0.2
3.9
Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning of the year – 3.0 3.0
Motor related services and commissions
Total revenue
1,086.6
1,440.2
The Group has no contract liabilities (FY23: £Nil).
The Group has recognised a returns provision as at the year end of £1.1m (FY23: £2.0m).
143Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
The Group recognises the following accrued income balances:
2024 2023
£m £m
Accrued income
Commissions 4.9 4.6
4.9 4.6
1
1. Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies received the following month.
The Group recognises the following deferred income balances within accruals and deferred income:
2024 2023
£m £m
Deferred income
Vehicles invoiced not collected
0.1
0.2
Commissions received not earned 3.0 3.0
Total deferred income
3.1
3.2
7. Operating profit / loss
Analysed as:
2024 2023
Operating profit / loss includes the effect of charging: £m £m
Inventory recognised as expense
1,007.8
1,345.0
Movement in provision against inventory
0.2
(0.1)
Employee benefit expense (note 9)
33.1
36.2
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 17) and right-of-use assets (note 18)
8.8
9.0
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 16)
1.1
0.4
Expense on short term and low value leases
0.4
0.4
Exceptional income
(5.6)
Exceptional costs 7.7
2024 2023
Total expenses before exceptional items comprise: £m £m
Cost of sales
1,013.5
1,354.5
Operating expenses:
Selling and distribution expenses
19.4
23.5
Administrative expenses 53.5 55.7
Total operating expenses before exceptional items: 72.9 79.2
Total expenses before exceptional items 1,086.4 1,433.7
144 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
8. Auditor’s remuneration:
2024 2023
£m £m
Auditor’s remuneration:
Fees payable for the audit of the parent Company and consolidated financial statements
0.3
0.2
Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Fees payable for non-audit services
Total
0.3
0.2
Non-audit services relate to access to the auditor’s generic online accounting manual.
9. Employees and Directors
The aggregate employee benefit expenses were as follows:
2024 2023
£m £m
Employee benefit expenses:
Wages and salaries
28.3
30.9
Social security costs
3.1
3.7
Pension costs
0.7
0.7
Share-based compensation charge (note 34) 1.0 0.9
33.1 36.2
The average monthly number of employees (including Directors but excluding third-party contractors) employed by
the Group was as follows:
2024 2023
No. No.
Average number of people employed:
Sales and operations
569
600
Administration and support 195 299
764 899
10. Directors’ and key management remuneration
Key management has been identified as the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc.
2024 2023
£m £m
Short-term employee benefits
1.1
1.0
Share-based payment
Employer contributions paid to money purchase schemes
1.1 1.0
During the year the number of key management who were receiving benefits was 2 (FY23: 2).
In respect of the highest paid Director refer to page 97 of the Annual Report on Remuneration.
145Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
11. Finance expense
2024 2023
£m £m
Interest on bank borrowings
0.7
0.4
Interest on stocking finance facilities
7.1
4.7
Other interest payable 2.0 2.0
Total finance expense
9.8
7.1
12. Exceptional items
2024 2023
£m £m
Restructuring costs
1.7
Asset write off
6.0
Insurance proceeds (5.6)
Total exceptional items before finance expense and income tax
2.1
Restructuring costs
A business efficiency review during the year has resulted in restructuring costs of £1.7m. This included a review and
subsequent reduction in headcount, which resulted in redundancy costs of £1.1m. As part of this, the home delivery
team was restructured and a related loss on disposal of home delivery trucks and an impairment of the remainder,
totalling £0.2m (included within assets held for sale as at the year end) was incurred. Also, as part of this restructure,
a decision was made to not progress with the opening of a new site. The cost of assignment of the lease, which
included a one off payment to the new lease holder, and overhead costs incurred from the date a decision was made
to dispose of the site, resulted in a loss on disposal of £0.4m. All restructuring was completed in FY24.
Asset write off
As a result of the flood which occurred at the Derby store on 21 October 2023, some fixed assets, and most of the
inventory on site at the time was damaged and subsequently written off. Fixed assets and inventory written off
totalled £5.4m with £0.6m relating to other costs incurred as a result of the flood.
Insurance proceeds
Insurance proceeds relate to amounts received against insured written off fixed assets and inventory following the
flood at the Derby store.
Income tax income
The tax implications of the exceptional items is a credit of £0.2m.
146 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
13. Income tax expense
2024 2023
The tax credit / (charge) in the statement of comprehensive income represents: £m £m
Current tax:
UK corporation tax
(0.2)
0.3
Adjustment in respect of prior years (0.1) (1.1)
Total current tax
(0.3)
(0.8)
Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(1.8)
(0.1)
Adjustments in respect of prior years 0.1 1.2
Total deferred tax
(1.7)
1.1
Total tax credit / (charge) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
(2.0)
0.3
The income tax credit arising on exceptional items is £0.2m (FY23: £Nil).
Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The tax credit / (charge) in the statement of comprehensive income in the year differs
from (FY23: differs from) the charge which would result from the standard rate of 2024 2023
corporation tax in the UK of 25% (FY23: 19%): £m £m
Loss before taxation
(10.4)
(0.3)
Loss before taxation at the standard rate of corporation tax of 25% (FY23: 19%)
(2.6)
(0.1)
Tax effect of:
– Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
0.6
0.5
– Adjustment in respect of prior years
(0.1)
Tax (credit) / charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
(2.0)
0.3
A tax receivable balance of £Nil (FY23: £1.3m) is included within current assets as a result of the timing of the
payments on account to HMRC.
Amounts recognised directly in equity
2024 2023
£m £m
Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in
net profit or loss or other comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity:
– Deferred tax: Remeasurement of deferred tax for changes in tax rates
(1.1)
– Deferred tax: Adjustment in respect of prior years 0.1 1.2
Tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
0.1
0.1
Factors affecting current and future tax charges
An increase in the UK corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May
2021. As at the balance sheet date of the 31 March 2024 the deferred tax asset has been calculated based on 25%,
reflecting the expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences (FY23: 25%).
147Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
14. Earnings per share
Basic and diluted EPS are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares during the year.
2024
2023
Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders (£m) (8.4) (0.6)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in Issue (‘000) 90,180 90,190
Basic EPS (pence) (9.3) (0.7)
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in Issue (‘000) 90,180 90,190
Diluted EPS (pence) (9.3) (0.7)
The difference between the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares represents the dilutive effect of the
currently operating schemes and the vested but not yet exercised options. This is shown in the reconciliation below.
No dilution in FY24 due to the Group making a loss for the year.
There is a maximum of 1,440,453 additional options which have not been included in the dilutive calculation in
relation to the SAYE schemes. Further information is included in note 34.
2024
2023
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in Issue (‘000)
90,180
90,190
Adjustment for share options (‘000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (‘000) 90,180 90,190
15. Dividends
During the year no dividends were paid (FY23: £Nil).
The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY23: £Nil) for the year ended 31 March 2024.
16. Intangible assets
Work in
progress IT projects Total
£m £m £m
Cost and Net book value
At 1 April 2022
0.6
0.6
Additions
3.4
0.1
3.5
Transfers
(2.8)
2.8
Disposals
Amortisation charge
(0.4)
(0.4)
At 31 March 2023
0.6
3.1
3.7
Additions
1.1
0.1
1.2
Transfers
(1.6)
1.6
Disposals
(0.1)
(0.1)
Amortisation charge
(1.1)
(1.1)
At 31 March 2024
3.7
3.7
The amortisation charge of £1.1m (FY23: £0.4m) has been recorded in operating expenses.
The intangible assets balance comprises capitalised employee and third party costs incurred in relation to internally
generated new application programming interfaces between platforms used by the Group.
148 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
17. Property, plant and equipment
Short-term
leasehold Plant and Fixtures and Office Work in
Land improvements machinery fittings equipment progress Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1 April 2022
2.2
10.3
2.2
3.0
4.1
0.6
22.4
Additions
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
5.2
5.9
Transfers
0.2
3.7
0.1
0.4
0.5
(4.9)
Disposals
(0.4)
(0.4)
At 31 March 2023
2.4
14.2
2.4
3.6
4.8
0.5
27.9
Additions
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.4
Transfers
0.5
(0.5)
Disposals and assets
(2.4)
(0.4)
(2.8)
classified as held for sale
At 31 March 2024
15.2
2.3
3.9
5.1
26.5
Accumulated
depreciation
At 1 April 2022
5.8
1.3
1.4
3.0
11.5
Provided during the year
1.8
0.3
0.5
0.7
3.3
At 31 March 2023
7.6
1.6
1.9
3.7
14.8
Provided during the year
1.5
0.3
0.5
0.6
2.9
At 31 March 2024
9.1
1.9
2.4
4.3
17.7
Net book value
At 31 March 2024
6.1
0.4
1.5
0.8
8.8
At 31 March 2023
2.4
6.6
0.8
1.7
1.1
0.5
13.1
At 31 March 2022
2.2
4.5
0.9
1.6
1.1
0.6
10.9
The depreciation expense of £2.9m (FY23: £3.3m) has been recorded in operating expenses.
Under IAS 36, the Group performs an annual assessment as to the existence of impairment indicators. Management
identified an indicator of impairment as a result of the general market conditions including interest rates, inflation and
supply shortages, which could have differing impacts at an individual site level. As such, an impairment assessment
has been performed.
Recoverable amounts for cash generating units (individual stores) are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal,
and value in use. Future cash flow projections are based on the Groups internal forecasts and include modest
ongoing performance improvement, including in the newest stores. The Group considers these cash flows to be
reasonable and conservative. The main assumptions within future cash flow projections relate to EBITDA growth and
the risk adjusted discount rate. Management estimates the risk-adjusted discount rate, FY24 13.8% (FY23: 12.4%),
using pre-tax rates that reflect the current market assessment of the time value of money.
The impairment review results in every cash generating unit showing a sufficiency of future cash flows, so
no impairment charge has been made. The minimum headroom on any cash generating unit (CGU) is £1.2m
(FY23: £1.2m).
An increase in the discount rate for the current year of 8.0%, would indicate the potential for impairment on a site
by site basis (FY23: an increase in the discount rate of 3.5%, would indicate the potential for impairment on a site by
site basis). An EBITDA decline of 23% across all CGUs for the next three years would be required to result in a material
impairment.
The impairment review also includes performance of a high level financial review of the asset classes and cost
categories likely to be impacted most significantly by climate change. An exercise was undertaken as part of our
financial planning to ensure that our climate-related risks and any associated costs had been considered when
assessing the value of our assets and future cash flow forecasts. An estimated impact of climate-related risks was
included in the impairment review performed. Although there were costs anticipated as a result of climate-related
risks, this did not result in any impairment being identified.
149Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
18. Leases
The Group only acts as a lessee.
(a) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position
The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:
Land and buildings
£m
Right-of-use assets
Balance at 1 April 2022
46.7
Additions to right-of-use assets
17.4
Depreciation charge
(5.7)
Balance at 31 March 2023 58.4
Balance at 1 April 2023
58.4
Disposals of right-of-use assets
(2.0)
Depreciation charge (5.9)
Balance at 31 March 2024
50.5
Lease liabilities
£m
Lease liabilities
Balance at 1 April 2022
52.8
Additions to lease liabilities
16.7
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
(7.9)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities
2.0
Balance at 31 March 2023 63.6
Current
3.4
Non-current
60.2
Balance at 1 April 2023
63.6
Disposals of lease liabilities
(2.0)
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
(6.6)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities 2.0
Balance at 31 March 2024
57.0
Current
4.0
Non-current
53.0
A maturity analysis of lease liabilities based on undiscounted gross cash flows as at 31 March 2024 is reported in the
table below.
2024 2023
£m £m
Within one year
7.1
7.5
In the second to fifth years inclusive
28.2
28.6
After five years 36.1 43.0
Total minimum lease payments 71.4 79.1
Interest charges (14.4) (15.5)
Lease liability 57.0 63.6
150 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
18. Leases continued
(b) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases:
2024 2023
£m £m
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Buildings 5.9 5.7
Finance expense
Interest expense 2.0 2.0
The total cash outflow for leases held as right-of-use assets in FY24 was £8.6m (FY23: £7.9m).
An expense on short term leases is also included of £0.4m (FY23: £0.4m).
There are no low value leases.
(c) The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for
The Group leases various offices, stores and preparation centres. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods
of three to 20 years, but may have extension options.
Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a range of different terms and conditions. The lease
agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the
lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are exercised, unless there is reasonable
certainty that the lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the liability is to the break point.
Similarly, for any extension options, these have not been assumed to be utilised unless there is reasonable certainty.
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is
available for use by the Group.
Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of
the liability.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily
determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessees incremental borrowing rate is used,
being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar
value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:
where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to
reflect changes in financing conditions since third-party financing was received;
uses a build up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the
Group, which does not have recent third party financing; and
makes adjustments specific to the lease where relevant.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over
the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each
period.
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight
line basis.
There have been no lease payment breaks during the year.
Extension and termination options
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group.
These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Groups operations. The
majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.
Impairment assessment
Management has completed an impairment review of the Groups estate, using each retail store as a cash generating
unit. Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in
use. Further detail can be found in note 17: Property, plant and equipment.
151Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
19. Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)
The movement in deferred taxation assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the
offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:
Accelerated capital Other timing
allowances differences Total
Other temporary differences £m £m £m
At 1 April 2022
0.9
0.1
1.0
Charged to statement of comprehensive income
(1.1)
(1.1)
Charged to equity
(0.1)
(0.1)
At 31 March 2023
(0.2)
(0.2)
Credited to statement of comprehensive income
1.7
1.7
Charged to equity
(0.1)
(0.1)
At 31 March 2024
1.5
(0.1)
1.4
Deferred tax of £Nil (FY23: £Nil) is expected to be recovered or settled within 12 months from the reporting date.
An increase in the UK corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May
2021. As at the balance sheet date of the 31 March 2023 the deferred tax asset has been calculated based on 25%,
reflecting the expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences (FY22: 25%).
20. Inventories
2024 2023
£m £m
Finished goods: New and used vehicles for resale 102.4 148.6
The replacement cost of inventories is not considered to be materially different from the above values.
Provisions against inventory total £2.1m (FY23: £2.3m). Write down of inventories recognised as an expense in the
period totalled £14.7m (FY23: £14.5m).
Inventory with a carrying value of £74.5m (FY23: £102.5m) has been pledged as security for the stocking finance
facilities where funding has been drawn down on that inventory.
21. Assets classified as held for sale
2024 2023
£m £m
Land and buildings
2.4
Plant and machinery 0.2
2.6
Assets held for sale are split between the one remaining piece of land held by the Group in Paisley, Scotland and the
remaining home delivery trucks to be sold following the restructuring during FY24 (FY23: no such assets classified as
assets held for sale).
Resultant gains or losses on disposal, which will be reported within the retail segment, are not considered material
and will be included within administrative expenses. The transactions are expected to complete in the first half
of FY25.
152 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
22. Trade and other receivables
2024 2023
Due within one year £m £m
Trade receivables
9.7
9.9
Prepayments
4.6
3.9
Accrued income 4.9 4.6
19.2 18.4
1
2
1. Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and generally have a term of less than seven days. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of
current trade and other receivables approximates to their book value. Trade receivables represent amounts due from financial institutions on the
financed element of vehicle sales to customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. The Group has no provisions against
trade receivables (FY23: £Nil).
2. Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies.
None of the Groups trade receivables or other receivables were past due or impaired (FY23: £Nil). Trade and other
receivables are valued at their book value which is equivalent to fair value and all are in sterling.
23. Cash and cash equivalents
2024 2023
£m £m
Cash at bank and in hand 9.2 5.6
24. Borrowings
During the year the Company renegotiated the terms of both its revolving credit facility and stocking facilities,
reducing available headroom from £29.0m and £195.0m to £14.0m and £150.0m respectively. As at the reporting date
£Nil of the revolving credit facility (FY23: £Nil) and £Nil of the overdraft (FY23: £Nil) was drawn down. The terms of
the Revolving Credit Facility and overdraft require a full repayment for a period of at least one day or more in each
financial year and half year with no less than one month between repayments.
The finance charge for utilising the facility was dependent on the Groups borrowing ratios as well as the base rate
of interest in effect. During the year ended 31 March 2024 interest was charged at 6.0% (FY23: 2.4%) per annum.
The interest charged for the year of £0.7m (FY23: £0.4m) has been expensed as a finance cost.
Net debt reconciliation
Borrowings Leases Sub-total Cash Total
£m £m £m £m £m
Net debt as at 1 April 2022
(29.0)
(52.8)
(81.8)
7.8
(74.0)
Financing cash flows
29.0
5.9
34.9
(2.2)
32.7
New leases
(16.7)
(16.7)
(16.7)
Other changes
Interest expense
(5.1)
(2.0)
(7.1)
(7.1)
Interest payments (presented as operating cash
5.1
2.0
7.1
7.1
flows)
Net debt as at 31 March 2023
(63.6)
(63.6)
5.6
(58.0)
Financing cash flows
4.6
4.6
3.6
8.2
Lease disposals
2.0
2.0
-
2.0
Other changes
Interest expense
(7.8)
(2.0)
(9.8)
(9.8)
Interest payments (presented as operating cash
7.8
2.0
9.8
9.8
flows)
Net debt as at 31 March 2024
(57.0)
(57.0)
9.2
(47.8)
153Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
25. Trade and other payables: amounts due within one year
2024 2023
£m £m
Trade payables
– Trade creditors
13.1
18.6
– Stocking finance facilities
74.5
102.5
Other taxes and social security
– VAT payable
1.4
0.7
– PAYE/NI payable
0.9
0.9
Other creditors
0.1
0.3
Accruals and deferred income 17.1 20.8
107.1 143.8
1
2
1. Stocking finance facilities are provided from Black Horse Limited and Lombard North Central Plc. At 31 March 2024 the Group had £150.0m (split
between £75.0m Black Horse Ltd and £75.0m Lombard North Central Plc) (FY23: £195.0m split £120.0m Black Horse Ltd and £75.0m Lombard
North Central Plc) of stocking finance facilities of which £74.5m (FY23: £102.5m) was drawn.
The stocking finance facility with Black Horse Limited was renegotiated in May 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the
stocking finance facility is drawn down against. During FY24 it was reduced by £45.0m to £75.0m. The facility bears interest at the rate of 1.25%
over the Sterling Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”) rate since 1 January 2022 when 7 day LIBOR rate was no longer published.
The stocking finance facility with Lombard North Central Plc was negotiated in March 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle
which the stocking finance facility is drawn down against. The facility bears interest at the rate of 1.35% over the Sterling Overnight Index Average
(“SONIA”) rate since 1 January 2022 when 7 day LIBOR rate was no longer published.
Interest expense in the year of £7.1m (FY23: £4.7m) has been recognised as a finance cost.
2. Included within accruals and deferred income is £0.1m (FY23: £0.2m) in relation to vehicles invoiced not collected at the reporting date and
£3.0m (FY23: £3.0m) of commissions received in advance.
Other than the stocking finance facilities payable, trade and other payables are all non-interest bearing.
Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current liabilities approximates to their book value and all are in sterling.
26. Provisions
2024 2024 2024 2023 2023 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Current Non-current Total Current Non-current Total
Make good provision
1
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Onerous lease
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below:
2024 2024 2023 2023
£m £m 2024 £m £m 2023
Make good Onerous £m Make good Onerous £m
provision1 lease2 Total provision lease Total
Carrying amount at start of year
2.5
0.1
2.6
2.5
0.1
2.6
Charged to statement of
comprehensive income
– additional provisions recognised
0.6
0.6
– unwinding of discount
Amounts used during the year
(0.6)
(0.6)
Carrying amount at end of year
2.5
0.1
2.6
2.5
0.1
2.6
1
2
1. Make good provision
The Group is required to restore the leased premises of its locations to their original condition at the end of the respective lease terms. A provision
has been recognised for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. These costs have been
capitalised as part of the cost of right-of-use assets and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the lease and the useful life of the assets.
The timing of the cash outflow relating to the make good provision is in line with the life of the relevant lease. The remaining term on existing
leases ranges from two to 15 years with a weighted average of nine years.
There is judgement associated with the potential cost of remediation of each property and estimated provisions have been based on the past
experience of the Group.
2. Onerous leases
The Group operates across a number of locations and if there is clear indication that a property will no longer be used for its intended operation,
a provision may be required based on an estimate of potential liabilities for periods of lease where the property will not be used at the end of the
reporting period, to unwind over the remaining term of the lease. The onerous lease is likely to be utilised for a period of three years.
154 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
27. Financial instruments and risk management
The principal financial liabilities comprise inventory finance facilities, borrowings, and trade and other payables.
The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to provide working capital funding for the Group. The main risks
arising from financial liabilities are discussed further below. The principal financial assets comprise trade and other
receivables, and cash at bank and in hand. The maximum exposure at the balance sheet date is the carrying value of
the financial assets as disclosed in this note.
(a) Credit risk
The Group trades predominantly with retail customers. Sales to such customers are for cash and/or part exchange,
often with finance provided by a selected panel of financial institutions. The majority of the Groups sales are thus for
cash or the remittances of funds from financial institutions, which is achieved in a short period after the sale. As such
the Group does not consider that it is exposed to credit risk from retail customers. The same is true for wholesale
transactions, as dealers are required to pay for the vehicle before collection. Receivable balances are monitored
on an ongoing basis with the result that the Groups exposure to bad debts is not considered to be significant. The
maximum exposure is the carrying value amount as disclosed in this note. There is no significant concentration of
credit risk within the Group. As a consequence, the Directors are satisfied that the Group’s exposure to credit risk
is acceptable.
With respect to credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash
equivalents, the Groups exposure to credit risk arises from the default of counterparties, with a maximum exposure
equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Default is defined as the risk of financial loss to the Group if a
customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. Counterparty credit risk is
managed through the monitoring and active management of counterparty balances.
(b) Foreign exchange risk
The Group is not exposed to a significant foreign exchange risk. In FY24 and FY23 there were no purchases of
inventory from the EU, or other overseas countries and no hedging contracts were entered into.
At 31 March 2024 if sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the Euro, with all other variables held
constant, the recalculated post-tax profit for the year would therefore have been unchanged (FY23: unchanged) as a
result of foreign exchange losses/gains on the translation of euro-denominated trade payables.
(c) Funding and liquidity risk
The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance
facilities, trade and other payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK Plc, split between
£6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £14.0m available as a revolving credit facility. Further information
regarding these arrangements is included in note 24.
The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a long term business plan that considers the maturity of all
of its financial liabilities and the projected cash flows from operations. The Group aims to have sufficient committed
borrowing facilities and operating cash flows to cover its core long term requirements.
The maturity table that follows details the contractual, undiscounted cash flows (both principal and interest) for the
Groups non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the
balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. Interest payments have been calculated using the SONIA rates at
the period end, except where rates had already been contracted.
Within 180 Between 1 and Between 2 and
days Within 1 year 2 years 5 years Over 5 years Total
2024 £m £m £m £m £m £m
Stocking finance facilities
74.5
74.5
Trade creditors and accruals
27.1
27.1
Other creditors
0.1
0.1
Lease liabilities
3.5
3.6
7.2
21.0
36.1
71.4
105.2
3.6
7.2
21.0
36.1
173.1
2023
Within 180 Between 1 and Between 2 and
days Within 1 year 2 years 5 years Over 5 years Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Stocking finance facilities
102.5
102.5
Trade creditors and accruals
36.2
36.2
Other creditors
0.3
0.3
Lease liabilities
3.7
3.8
7.2
21.4
43.0
79.1
142.7
3.8
7.2
21.4
43.0
218.1
155Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
(d) Capital market risk
The Group is subject to capital market risk, primarily in relation to changes in interest rates. The Group’s interest-
bearing financial liabilities are analysed as follows:
2024
2023
Floating Fixed Total Floating Fixed Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Sterling denominated
74.5
74.5
102.5
102.5
Total
74.5
74.5
102.5
102.5
At 31 March 2024 and 2023 the floating rate financial liabilities comprise stocking finance facilities that bear interest
at rates based on Finance House Base Rate and a Revolving Credit Facility which bears interest based on the Sterling
Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”) rate since 1 January 2022 when the LIBOR rate was no longer published.
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other
variables held constant, to the Groups results before tax. The Groups equity would be impacted by this amount less
tax at the prevailing rate.
Increase/
decrease in 2024 2023
basis points £m £m
Sterling
+50
(0.4)
(0.5)
Sterling
–50
0.4 0.5
(e) Capital management
The Groups objective when managing capital is to ensure adequate working capital for all operating activities and
liquidity, including a comfortable headroom to take advantage of shorter term opportunities, or to weather short-
term shocks. Secondly the Group aims to operate an efficient capital structure to achieve the business plan. For these
purposes the Group considers capital to be shareholders’ equity, borrowings and stocking finance facilities.
Consistent with others in the industry the Group monitors capital through the following ratio: total net debt as per
note 23 divided by EBITDA (see “Alternative Performance Measures” section).
The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance
facilities, trade and other payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK Plc, split between
£6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £14.0m available as a Revolving Credit Facility. Further information
regarding these arrangements is included in note 24.
There are certain covenants on the revolving credit and stocking facilities noted below in respect of the Group
consolidated financial statements. The Group reviews covenant compliance on a monthly basis, both retrospectively
and prospectively. As discussed more in note 2 and 4, in a stressed scenario, it is possible the Group would need to
negotiate changes to the covenants but this is not considered plausible in the scenarios modelled.
At 31 March 2024 the Group had undrawn stocking finance facilities of £75.5m (FY23: £92.5m) and undrawn credit
facilities of £20.0m (FY23: £35.0m) and further information can be found in note 2.
Under the terms of the major borrowing facilities, the Group is required to comply with the following financial
covenants; terms are defined within the alternative performance measures section of the Glossary:
the interest cover (EBITDA to borrowing costs, being bank interest only) should not be less than 4:1;
adjusted leverage being the total net debt to adjusted EBITDA should not exceed 3:1;
the reported net worth (net assets per the balance sheet) will not fall below the amount of £20.0m (FY23: £30.0m);
and
the fixed charge cover being EBITDAR (excluding stores opened in the last three years) to fixed charges (finance
charges plus rent) shall not be less than 1:1 to September 2025 and then 1.25:1 for the remainder of the term of the
agreement. This covenant was introduced during the early part of FY24.
In March 2024, the fixed charge covenant was reduced to 1:1 from 1.25:1 and the reported net worth covenant was
reduced from £30.0m to £20.0m, the Group was compliant with both covenants throughout the period.
The Group has complied with these covenants as applicable throughout the reporting period. As at 31 March 2024,
they were 16.4:1, 0:1, £30.9m and 1.56:1 respectively (FY23: 41:1, 0:1, £38.9m and N/A).
(f) Fair value estimation
The Group has no financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value.
156 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
(g) Financial instruments by category
The Groups financial assets are all measured at amortised cost.
Carrying value
2024 £m
Trade receivables
9.7
Accrued income
4.9
Cash and cash equivalents 9.2
23.8
Carrying value
2023 £m
Trade receivables
9.9
Accrued income
4.6
Cash and cash equivalents
5.6
20.1
The Groups liabilities are classified as follows:
Other financial Liabilities not
liabilities at within the scope
amortised cost of IFRS 9 Total
2024 £m £m £m
Borrowings
Trade creditors
13.1
13.1
Stocking finance facilities
74.5
74.5
Other taxes and social security
2.3
2.3
Lease liabilities
57.0
57.0
Other creditors
0.1
0.1
Accruals and deferred income
14.0
3.1
17.1
158.7
5.4
164.1
Other financial Liabilities not
liabilities at within the scope
amortised cost of IFRS 9 Total
2023 £m £m £m
Borrowings
Trade creditors
18.6
18.6
Stocking finance facilities
102.5
102.5
Other taxes and social security
1.6
1.6
Lease liabilities
63.6
63.6
Other creditors
0.3
0.3
Accruals and deferred income
17.6
3.2
20.8
202.6
4.8
207.4
157Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:
Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)
The Group has no financial instruments carried at fair value.
(h) Credit quality of financial assets
As disclosed in note 22 the Group has no financial assets that are past due or impaired. The Groups financial assets
represent balances due from a selected panel of financial institutions that provide finance to the Groups retail
customers and cash and cash equivalents held with banks. The Group has banking arrangements in place with
Santander UK Plc and financing arrangements in place with Lloyds Bank Plc and Barclays Bank Plc, all of which have
a Fitch credit rating of A+. The Group does not obtain credit ratings for its customers. Due to their short maturities the
expected credit loss on financial assets is estimated at £Nil.
28. Post-employment benefit obligations
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the year represents
contributions payable by the Group to the scheme and is disclosed in note 9. Contributions totalling £0.1m (FY23:
£0.3m) were payable to the scheme at the end of the year and are included in accruals.
29. Share capital
2024
2023
Number Amount Number Amount
000 £m 000 £m
Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 1p each
Balance at the beginning of the year
90,190
0.9
90,190
0.9
Bought back and held as treasury shares during the year
(30)
Released from treasury to satisfy employee share plan obligations
Bought back and cancelled during the year
(190)
Balance at the end of the year
89,970
0.9
90,190
0.9
1
1. During the year 220,255 shares were purchased by the Company in accordance with the terms of its share buyback programme, as announced on
26 January 2024. Of these, 190,001 were cancelled as at 31 March 2024. The shares were acquired at an average price of 131.0p per share, with
prices ranging from 133.0p to 129.0p. In the period from 1 April 2024 to 31 May 2024 972,280 shares were purchased by the Company.
The 190,001 shares bought back and cancelled represent 0.2% of the issued ordinary shares, at a purchase cost of £0.3m.
There are currently 30,000 shares held in treasury which were cancelled post year end. Shares are held on behalf of
employees within the Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) detailed in note 32.
The Group does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.
30. Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Group of its own shares and comprises the amount by
which distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006.
£0.0m (FY23: £Nil) was transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased
by the Group and subsequently cancelled.
31. Capital reorganisation reserve
The capital reorganisation reserve represents the capital reduction in the nominal value of shares in Motorpoint
Group Limited (re-registered as Motorpoint Group Plc on 10 May 2016) from £1 to 1p.
158 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
32. Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) reserve
The EBT has an independent trustee and has been set up to satisfy awards which are exercised in accordance with
the terms of the various share-based schemes detailed in note 34.
At 31 March 2024 the EBT held 1,618,010 (FY23: 1,686,307) ordinary shares of 1p each in the Group, the market value of
which amounted to £5.1m (FY23: £5.3m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in note 34.
The consideration paid for the ordinary shares of 1p each in the Group held by the EBT at 31 March 2024 and 31 March
2023 has been shown as an EBT reserve and presented within equity for the Group. All other assets, liabilities, income
and costs of the EBT have been incorporated into the accounts of the Group.
The table below shows the movements in equity from EBT transactions during the year:
2024
2023
Number Amount Number Amount
000 £m 000 £m
Shares purchased by the EBT in the year
340,000
0.7
Shares issued in respect of employee share schemes
(68,297)
(0.2)
(26,340)
(0.1)
Proceeds of £Nil (FY23: £0.1m) were received on the exercise of share-based payments. The weighted average cost of
shares issued by the EBT was £0.2m (FY23: £0.1m).
Subsequent to the year end employee share options over 0 (FY23: 0) shares had been exercised and had been
satisfied by ordinary shares issued by the EBT.
33. Other commitments
Capital commitments
The Group had capital commitments of £Nil at 31 March 2024 (FY23: £Nil).
34. Share-based compensation
Share options are granted to senior executives and other individuals throughout the organisation. The Group
currently operates three share schemes and these are the Performance Share Plan (’PSP’), the Share Incentive Plan
(‘SIP’) and the Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) schemes. During FY21 the Restricted Shares Awards scheme (‘RSA’) was
introduced, which operates under the rules of the PSP scheme.
The total expense recognised immediately in profit and loss arising from equity-settled share-based payment
transactions in the year relating to the three schemes including associated national insurance (‘NI’) charges was
£1.0m (FY23: £0.9m).
NI is being accrued, where applicable, at a rate of 13.8% (FY23: 15.05%) which management expects to be the
prevailing rate when the awards are exercised, based on the share price at the reporting date. NI for the year ended
31 March 2024 relating to all awards was a charge of £Nil (FY23: £Nil).
Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)
The Group operated a SIP under which an award was made available to all eligible employees following admission to
the London Stock Exchange in May 2016.
Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
The Group operates a Performance Share Plan for Executive Directors and certain key senior managers.
Restricted Share Award (‘RSA’)
Restricted shares differ from performance shares in a way that the grant level is scaled back, but the vesting of the
shares is not subject to specific future conditions (other than a performance underpin).
159Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
SAYE scheme
The Group operates a SAYE scheme for all employees under which employees are invited to subscribe for options
over the Company’s shares at an exercise price representing a 10% discount to the closing mid-market price the day
before the invitation date.
Fair value at Exercise
Grant Vesting Lapse Settlement Number of grant date price Performance
Plan date date date type shares granted £ £ criteria
SIP
27–Jun–16
27–Jun19
N/A
equity-settled
194,023
1.877
Nil
No
SIP
22–Dec–17
22–Dec–20
N/A
cash-settled
118,716
1.877
Nil
No
FY17 PSP
23Jun–16
22–Jun–19
23–Jun–26
equity-settled
596,659
2.300
Nil
Yes
FY18 PSP
21–Jul17
21–Jul–20
21–Jul27
equity-settled
830,267
1.385
Nil
Yes
FY19 PSP
20–Jul–18
1–Apr–21
20–Jul–28
equity-settled
323,303
2.420
Nil
Yes
FY20 PSP (A)
22–Jul19
22–Jul21
22–Jul–29
equity-settled
203,620
2.204
Nil
Yes
FY20 PSP (B)
22–Jul19
22–Jul–22
22–Jul–29
equity-settled
412,022
2.204
Nil
Yes
FY21 RSA (A)
24Aug–20
24Aug–23
24–Aug–30
equity-settled
199,333
2.480
Nil
Yes
FY21 RSA (B)
24–Aug–20
24Aug–23
24–Aug–30
equity-settled
37,87
7
2.480
Nil
Yes
FY21 RSA (C)
24Aug–20
24–Aug–24
24–Aug30
equity-settled
18,938
2.447
Nil
Yes
FY21 RSA (D)
24Aug–20
24Aug–25
24Aug–30
equity-settled
18,938
2.336
Nil
Yes
FY22 RSA (A)
16–Jun21
16–Jun–24
16–Jun31
equity-settled
297,013
1.907
Nil
Yes
FY22 RSA (B)
16–Jun21
16–Jun–24
16–Jun31
equity-settled
82,589
1.907
Nil
Yes
FY22 RSA (C)
16–Jun–21
16–Jun–25
16–Jun31
equity-settled
41,295
1.688
Nil
Yes
FY22 RSA (D)
16–Jun–21
16–Jun–26
16–Jun31
equity-settled
41,295
1.494
Nil
Yes
FY23 RSA (A)
22–Jun22
22–Jun–25
22–Jun–32
equity-settled
442,424
1.442
Nil
Yes
FY23 RSA (B)
22–Jun–22
22–Jun25
22–Jun–32
equity-settled
111,055
1.442
Nil
Yes
FY23 RSA (C)
22Jun–22
22–Jun–26
22–Jun–32
equity-settled
55,527
1.272
Nil
Yes
FY23 RSA (D)
22Jun–22
22–Jun–27
22–Jun–32
equity-settled
55,527
1.121
Nil
Yes
FY24 RSA (A)
27–Jun–23
27–Jun–26
27–Jun33
equity-settled
707,344
0.733
Nil
Yes
FY24 RSA (B)
27–Jun–23
27–Jun–26
27–Jun33
equity-settled
185,147
0.733
Nil
Yes
FY24 RSA (C)
27–Jun–23
27–Jun–27
27–Jun33
equity-settled
92,574
0.659
Nil
Yes
FY24 RSA (D)
27–Jun–23
27–Jun28
27–Jun33
equity-settled
92,574
0.593
Nil
Yes
SAYE19
21–Dec–18
1Feb–22
1–Aug–22
equity-settled
283,012
0.500
1.89
No
SAYE20
23Dec–19
1Feb–23
1–Aug–23
equity-settled
222,040
0.890
2.30
No
SAYE21
23Dec–20
1Feb–24
1–Aug–24
equity-settled
259,001
0.940
2.77
No
SAYE22
20–Dec21
1Feb–25
1–Aug–25
equity-settled
403,215
1.024
2.76
No
SAYE23
22–Dec–22
1Feb–26
1–Aug–26
equity-settled
454,600
0.280
1.39
No
SAYE24
22–Dec–23
1Feb–27
1–Aug–27
equity-settled
1,335,935
0.150
0.69
No
8,115,863
2
1
1. The current assumption of non-vesting conditions reduces the fair value to zero at the balance sheet date.
2. The fair value at grant date as disclosed above is prior to applying an assumption for the number of shares not expected to vest due to
participants leaving the scheme.
160 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
34. Share-based compensation continued
SIP
SAYE
PSP
RSA
2024
2023
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise Number exercise Number
price of price of
FY24
FY23
FY24
FY23
FY24
FY23
FY24
FY23
£ options £ options
Outstanding
at 1 April FY
15,159
46,386
739,218
724,810
429,182
435,438
1,212,467
730,370
0.52
2,396,026
0.79
1,937,004
Awarded
1,335,935
454,600
1,307,766
695,061
0.35
2,643,701
0.55
1,149,661
Forfeited
(26,557)
(519,836)
(387,806)
(6,256)
(78,773)
(212,964)
(1.32)
(598,609)
(1.31)
(633,583)
Lapsed
(592)
(114,864)
(26,016)
(1.86)
(114,864)
(1.31)
(26,608)
Exercised (1,968) (4,078) (26,370) (17,160) (31,601)
(50,729)
(1.64)
(30,448)
Outstanding
at 31 March
FY
13,191
15,159
1,440,453
739,218
412,022
429,182
2,409,859
1,212,467
0.27
4,275,525
0.52
2,396,026
Exercisable
at 31 March
FY
13,191
15,159
29,074
63,060
17,160
86,755
0.62
129,020
1.25
95,379
The option pricing model used by the entity to value the shares in the period in which they were launched is the
Black-Scholes model.
The range of exercise prices of share options outstanding at the end of the period for SAYE plans is between £0.69
and £2.77 (FY23: £1.12 and £2.77). The exercise price for PSP and RSA share awards is £Nil (FY23: £Nil).
The assumptions used in the measurement of the fair value at grant dates of the SAYE scheme are as follows.
Share price Expected Non-vesting Fair value
at grant date volatility Option life Risk-free rate Dividend yield condition per option
£ % years % % % £
22 December 2023
1.03
37.8
3.0
4.1
1.63
65.7
0.15
22 December 2022
1.45
44.9
3.0
3.3
1.63
38.9
0.28
20 December 2021
3.45
43.6
3.0
1.3
1.63
27.1
0.75
23 December 2020
2.81
51.7
3.0
2.5
1.29
27.1
0.94
23 December 2019
2.89
37.5
3.0
2.5
3.00
27.1
0.89
21 December 2018
2.04
34.5
3.0
2.5
2.85
27.1
0.50
27 December 2017
1.97
34.3
3.0
2.5
2.85
27.1
0.49
27 December 2016
1.28
33.0
3.0
2.5
3.10
27.1
0.32
The maximum subscription offered is £3,600 (equivalent to £100 per month over the 36 month saving period).
Contributions from salary are made into a savings account and on maturity participants can exercise their option to
buy shares at the discounted rate with their saved contributions or have the funds returned to them.
Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility of Motorpoint Group Plc share
price at the grant date. The requirement that an employee has to save in order to purchase shares under the SAYE is
a non-vesting condition. This feature has been incorporated into the fair value at grant date by applying a discount to
the valuation obtained from the Black-Scholes pricing model.
161Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
FY24 SAYE
FY23 SAYE
FY22 SAYE
FY21 SAYE
FY20 SAYE
Option Option Option Option Option
exercise exercise exercise exercise exercise
price price price price price
Number
£
Number
£
Number
£
Number
£
Number
£
Outstanding
at 1 April 2023
432,983
1.39
162,704
2.76
80,471
2.77
63,060
2.30
Awarded
1,335,935
0.69
Forfeited
(66,125)
(339,269)
(114,849)
(51,397)
(63,060)
Vested / early
exercise
Outstanding at
31 March 2024
1,269,810
93,714
47,8 55
29,074
The total charge in the year, included in administrative expenses, in relation to these awards was £0.2m (FY23: £0.3m).
The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options based on the relevant vesting date
as at the year end is 1.5 years (FY23: 1.3 years).
35. Transactions and balances with related parties
There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management. Their remuneration
including share-based payment as detailed in note 10 to the financial statements and their beneficiary owned shares
are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 109.
36. Contingent liabilities
On 11 January 2024, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) announced a section 166 review of historical motor
finance commission arrangements and sales, and plan to communicate a decision on next steps in the second half of
2024 based on the evidence collated in the review. The FCA has indicated that such steps could include establishing
an industry-wide consumer redress scheme and/or applying to the Financial Markets Test Case Scheme, to help
resolve any contested legal issues of general importance.
Following the FCA Motor Market Review in March 2019, the FCA issued a policy statement in July 2020 prohibiting the
use of discretionary commission models from 28 January 2021, which the Group adhered to. The Group continues
to believe that its historical practices were compliant with the law and regulations in place at that time. The Group
is not directly involved in the selling of finance products to consumers; instead refers consumers to third parties
who administer and are responsible for the finance product themselves. As a result, the Directors believe that the
probability of a liability arising to the company is possible, but not probable and so no liability is recognised within
these financial statements in relation to any potential claims.
162 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Company balance sheet
As at 31 March 2024
Note
2024
£m
2023
£m
Assets
Non-current assets
Investments 3
103.3
102.3
Total non-current assets 103.3
102.3
Total assets 103.3
102.3
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 4
(53.1)
(53.1)
Total current liabilities (53.1)
(53.1)
Net current liabilities (53.1)
(53.1)
Total liabilities (53.1)
(53.1)
Net assets 50.2
49.2
Equity
Called up share capital 6 0.9 0.9
Capital redemption reserve 7 0.1 0.1
EBT Reserve
(5.1)
(5.3)
Retained earnings
At 1 April 2023 and 2022 respectively 53.5 53.0
Loss for the year 0.3 (0.3)
Share-based payments 1.0 0.9
Buyback and cancellation of shares (0.3)
Share-based compensation options satisfied through the EBT
(0.2)
(0.1)
54.3
53.5
Total equity
50.2
49.2
The notes on pages 164 to 167 are an integral part of these financial statements.
The financial statements on pages 162 to 167 were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 June 2024 and were
signed on its behalf by:
M Carpenter C Morgan
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
Motorpoint Group Plc
Registered number 10119755
163Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2024
Note
Called up
share capital
£m
Capital
redemption
reserve £m
EBT reserve
£m
Retained
earnings £m
Total equity
£m
At 1 April 2022
0.9 0.1 (4.7) 53.0 49.3
Loss for the year (0.3) (0.3)
Transactions with owners in their
capacity as owners:
Share-based payments 0.9 0.9
EBT share purchases and commitments (0.7) (0.7)
Share-based compensation options
satisfied through the EBT
0.1 (0.1)
(0.6) 0.8 0.2
At 31 March 2023 0.9 0.1 (5.3) 53.5 49.2
Profit for the year
0.3 0.3
Transactions with owners in their
capacity as owners:
Share-based payments 1.0 1.0
Buyback and cancellation of shares (0.3) (0.3)
EBT share purchases and commitments
Share-based compensation options
satisfied through the EBT
0.2 (0.2)
0.2 0.5 0.7
Balance at 31 March 2024 0.9 0.1 (5.1) 54.3 50.2
164 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the company financial statements
1. Summary of material accounting policy information
Motorpoint Group Plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies
Act 2006.
The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of
the registered office is Champion House, Stephensons Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY. The principal activity of the
Company is to provide the services of the Directors to the Group and that of a holding company.
(a) Basis of preparation
These Company financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2024 have been prepared in accordance with
United Kingdom accounting standards including FRS 102 and the Companies Act 2006. These financial statements
are prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention. The accounting policies have been
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
The Directors of the Company are also Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc and have used the going concern principle
on the basis that the current profitable financial projections and facilities of the consolidated Group will continue in
operation for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date of this report. The Company is
in a net current liability position; however as Motorpoint Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, those
outstanding balances will not be settled unless the Company has the means to repay. For further details of the going
concern status of the Group see page 133.
The Company financial statements have been prepared in sterling which is the functional and presentational currency
of the Company and have been presented in round £m.
As permitted under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 an entity profit and loss is not included as part of the
published consolidated financial statements of Motorpoint Group Plc.
(b) Critical accounting judgements
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of
applying the Group and Company accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or
complexity for the Group are disclosed in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. There are no critical
estimates or judgements specific to the Company.
(c) Investment in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider
whether any events or circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of fixed asset
investments may not be recoverable. If such circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to
establish whether the carrying amounts exceed the higher of net realisable value or value in use. If this is the case, an
impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the related investment. Where equity-settled share-
based compensation is granted to the employees of subsidiary companies, the fair value of the award is treated as a
capital contribution by the Company and investments in subsidiaries are adjusted to reflect this capital contribution.
(d) Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements
in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.
(e) Financial instruments
The Company is applying sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of the recognition and measurement of financial
instruments. Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when the
Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
The Company classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets,
financial liabilities or equity instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.
(f) Financial equity
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting
all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct
issue costs.
(g) Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or
at fair value through profit or loss.
(h) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument.
165Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
(i) Employee benefits
(i) Pensions
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held
separately from those of the Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income
in the year in which they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme.
(ii) Other employee benefits
The Group recognises an expense for other short-term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee
commissions and bonuses on an accruals basis.
(iii) Share-based compensation
Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model
and excludes the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value
of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in note 34 of the Groups financial statements.
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based compensation is expensed on a straight
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Groups estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At
each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a
result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if
any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative expenses reflect the revised
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the
scheme. This results in accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the
original vesting period.
Cash-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each
balance sheet date and at settlement.
(j) Exemptions for qualifying entities under FRS 102
FRS 102 allows certain disclosure exemptions. The Company has taken the exemptions under FRS 102 paragraphs
1.12 (b), (d) and (e) from including the preparation of a cash flow statement and disclosure in relation to share-based
compensation and key management compensation, since equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated
financial statements of the Group headed by Motorpoint Group Plc.
2. Employees and Directors
The Company has no employees other than Directors (FY23: none). Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and
interests are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 105 to 112.
There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management remuneration including
share-based payment as detailed in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. The shares beneficially owned
by the Directors of the Company are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 107.
3. Investments
2024
£m
2023
£m
At 1 April 102.3 101.4
Share-based payment charge
1.0
0.9
At 31 March 103.3
102.3
Under IAS 36, the Company performs an annual assessment as to the existence of impairment indicators. Given
the outturn for FY24 being significantly below management’s original budget, this is deemed to be a trigger for an
impairment review.
The Directors have performed an impairment assessment based on fair value less costs to sell. Whilst Motorpoint
Group Plcs market capitalisation has fluctuated throughout the year and did fall below the carrying amount of the
Company’s investments during Q3, for the majority of the year market capitalisation was above the carrying amount
of the Company’s investments, and the closing position as at 31 March 2024 was a market capitalisation of £123m,
resulting in c.£20m headroom before the further headroom that would be generated from including an acquisition
premium as part of the fair value less costs to sell calculation.
This has resulted in the conclusion that there is no impairment as at 31 March 2024. At 31 March 2024 the Company
had the following 100% owned subsidiary companies all of whom are registered in England and Wales. Motorpoint
Limited is the only direct subsidiary.
166 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Notes to the company financial statements continued
3. Investments continued
Subsidiary undertaking Registered address Principal activity Registered number
Motorpoint Limited Champion House, Stephensons
Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY
Motor vehicle retail 03482801
Chartwell Leasing Limited
1
Champion House, Stephensons
Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY
Dormant 04100916
Auction 4 Cars Limited
1
Champion House, Stephensons
Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY
Dormant 09603690
Motorpoint Group Plc
Employee Benefit Trust
2
12 Castle Street, Jersey, JE2 3RT Employee benefit scheme Not applicable
1. These subsidiary undertakings are entitled to exemptions under sections 476 and 480 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to dormant
companies.
2. The EBT is consolidated in the financial statements of the Group on the basis that the Company has control as detailed in note 2 to the
consolidated financial statements.
4. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
2024
£m
2023
£m
Bank loans and overdrafts
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
53.1
53.1
53.1
53.1
Amounts due to Group undertakings are repayable on demand, unsecured and non-interest bearing. See note 9 for
further details on borrowings.
5. Financial instruments
Financial instruments utilised by the Company during the year ended 31 March 2024 may be analysed as follows:
2024
£m
2023
£m
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
53.1
53.1
53.1
53.1
Financial instruments included within current assets and liabilities (excluding cash) are generally short-term in nature
and accordingly their fair values approximate to their book values.
The Company’s financial liabilities are repayable on demand and therefore their fair value is equal to their book value.
6. Called up share capital
The Company’s share capital and associated movements in the year are consistent with those of the Group, as
detailed within note 29 of the consolidated financial statements.
At 31 March 2024 the EBT held 1,618,010 (FY23: 1,686,307) ordinary shares of 1p each in the Company, the market
value of which amounted to £5.1m (FY23: £5.3m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in note
34 of the consolidated financial statements.
The Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.
7. Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Company of its own shares and comprises the
amount by which distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies
Act 2006. £0.0m (FY23: £Nil) was transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares
purchased by the Company and subsequently cancelled.
8. Dividends
During the year no dividends were paid (FY23: £Nil).
The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY23: £Nil) for the year ended 31 March 2024.
167Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
9. Borrowings
The Company’s borrowings are consistent with the loan facility provided by Santander, as detailed within note 24 of
the consolidated financial statements.
10. Commitments and contingencies
Capital commitments
The Company had £Nil capital commitments at 31 March 2024 (FY23: £Nil).
Contingencies
There are no disputes with any third parties that would result in a material liability for the Company.
The Company acts as guarantor over the Groups £150.0m (FY23: £195.0m) stocking finance facilities with Black Horse
Limited and Lombard North Central Plc.
11. Related parties
During the year, a management charge of £1.7m (FY23: £2.0m) was received from Motorpoint Limited in respect of
services rendered.
During the year Motorpoint Limited paid interest of £0.6m (FY23: £0.4m) on behalf of the Company.
On behalf of Motorpoint Group Plc, Motorpoint Limited paid Directors’ salaries and fees of £1.7m (FY23: £2.0m) during
the year and has recharged this to Motorpoint Group Plc.
At the year end the balance outstanding due to Motorpoint Limited totalled £53.1m (FY23: £53.1m).
The Company grants share awards to employees of Motorpoint Limited as detailed in note 34 to the consolidated
financial statements. As a result, a share based-payment charge of £1.0m (FY23: £0.9m) as disclosed in the
Company’s Statement of Changes in Equity with a corresponding increase in Investments.
168 Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Introduction
We assess the performance of the Group using a variety of alternative performance measures that are not defined
under IFRS and are therefore termed non-GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures used are shown below.
The APMs we use may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies.
EBITDA
2024
£m
2023
£m
Loss before taxation (8.2) (0.3)
Finance expense 9.7 7.1
Depreciation 8.8 9.0
Amortisation
1.1
0.4
EBITDA
11.4
16.2
Net cash excluding lease liabilities
2024
£m
2023
£m
Cash and cash equivalents 9.2 5.6
Bank borrowings
Net cash / (debt) excluding lease liabilities
9.2
5.6
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
169Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Term Meaning
Adjusted basic Earnings
per Share
Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptional Items/weighted
average number of ordinary shares during the year
Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation adjusted for
Exceptional Items
Adjusted diluted Earnings
per Share
Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptionals/weighted
average number of ordinary shares during the year adjusted for dilutive share options
Adjusted Operating Costs
Operating Expenses before Exceptionals
Adjusted Operating Profit
Operating Profit before Exceptionals
Adjusted Overheads
Operating Expenses before Exceptionals
Adjusted PBT
Profit Before Tax before Exceptionals
APM
Alternative Performance Measure
Capital Employed
Average of the opening and closing position of the year for Net Assets adjusted for
related party balances and legacy EBT liability
DTR
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
EBITDA
Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation and Exceptional Items
EBITDAR
Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, Rent Costs and
Exceptional Items
EBT
Employee Benefit Trust
EPS
Earnings per Share
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority
FRC
Financial Reporting Council
FTE
Full Time Equivalent
GAAP
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
GP
Gross Profit
GP/Adjusted Overheads
Gross Profit/Operating Costs before Exceptionals
HMRC
HM Revenue and Customs
IAS
International Accounting Standards
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
IPO
Initial Public Offering
LIBOR
London Interbank Offered Rate
LTIP
Long Term Incentive Plan
NI
National Insurance
NPS
Net Promoter Score
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Operating Cash Conversion
Cash generated from operations/operating profit
PBT
Profit Before Tax
PCI
Payment Card Industry
PCP
Personal Contract Purchase
PSP
Performance Share Plan
PwC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
ROCE
Return On Capital Employed, being Operating Profit/Capital Employed
RSA
Restricted Share Award
SAYE
Save As You Earn
SIP
Share Incentive Plan
Structural Debt
Debt excluding stock finance facilities
Glossary
Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024170
Shareholder information and advisors
Registered office
Motorpoint
Champion House
Stephensons Way
Derby DE21 6LY
United Kingdom
Company number
10119755
Company secretary
Chris Morgan
Joint stock brokers
Numis Securities Limited
45 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QA
Shore Capital Stockbrokers Limited
Bond Street House
14 Clifford Street
London W1S 4JU
Share listing
MOTR.L 1 pence ordinary shares are listed on the London
Stock Exchange and are the only class of shares in issue
Independent Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
One Chamberlain Square
Birmingham
B3 3AX
Legal advisors
Pinsent Masons LLP
30 Crown Place
London EC2A 4ES
Registrar
Link Group
Unit 10
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL
Financial PR
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London EC1A 4HD
Tel: +44 20 3727 1000
Bankers
Santander UK Plc
2 Clumber Street
Nottingham NG1 3GA
Financial calendar
24 July 2024 Annual General Meeting
Early October 2024 Half Year Trading Update
Late November 2024 Interim Results Announcement
171Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Motorpoint Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Shareholder enquiries
Our registrars will be pleased to deal with any questions regarding your shareholdings on 0333 300 1950 (calls are
charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider) or email enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk. Alternatively,
you can access www.signalshares.com where you can view and manage all aspects of your shareholding securely
including electronic communications, account enquiries or address amendments.
Investor relations website
The investor relations section of our website, www.motorpointplc.com, provides further information for anyone
interested in Motorpoint. In addition to the Annual Report and Accounts and share price, Company announcements
including the full year results announcements are also published there.
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
Certain statements made in this Report are forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on current
expectations and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events
or results to differ materially from any expected future events or results expressed or implied in these forward-
looking statements. They appear in a number of places throughout this Report and include statements regarding
the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the Directors concerning, amongst other things, the Groups results
of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the business. Persons receiving this
Report should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise required by applicable
laws, regulations or accounting standards, Motorpoint Group Plc does not undertake to update or revise any forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
Motorpoint Group Plc
Champion House
Stephensons Way
Derby
DE21 6LY
www.motorpoint.co.uk